TWI645730B - Efficient resource allocation - Google Patents

Efficient resource allocation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI645730B
TWI645730B TW104130324A TW104130324A TWI645730B TW I645730 B TWI645730 B TW I645730B TW 104130324 A TW104130324 A TW 104130324A TW 104130324 A TW104130324 A TW 104130324A TW I645730 B TWI645730 B TW I645730B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
tones
rus
bandwidth
subset
tone
Prior art date
Application number
TW104130324A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201626837A (en
Inventor
楊林
田斌
陳嘉陵李
費馬尼薩米耶
Original Assignee
美商高通公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US14/845,230 external-priority patent/US9854580B2/en
Application filed by 美商高通公司 filed Critical 美商高通公司
Publication of TW201626837A publication Critical patent/TW201626837A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI645730B publication Critical patent/TWI645730B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

在本案的一態樣,提供了方法、電腦可讀取媒體、和裝置。該裝置可以是無線設備。該無線設備決定傳輸時段中跨通道頻寬延伸的資源元素(RU)集合的第一RU子集,第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調。該無線設備在第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊。 In one aspect of the present invention, methods, computer readable media, and devices are provided. The device can be a wireless device. The wireless device determines a first RU subset of resource element (RU) sets that extend across a channel bandwidth in a transmission period, the first RU subset including fewer RUs of the RU set, each RU of the RU set including at least 26 One tone. The wireless device communicates with at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset.

Description

高效資源配置 Efficient resource allocation 【相關申請案的交叉引用】[Cross-reference to related applications]

本專利申請案主張於2014年9月4日提出申請的題為「EFFICIENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION(高效資源配置)」的美國臨時申請S/N.62/046,154的權益,該臨時申請案經由援引整體納入於此。 This patent application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application S/N.62/046,154, filed on September 4, 2014, entitled "EFFICIENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION", which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. this.

本案一般係關於通訊系統,且尤其係關於以高效方式來分配頻寬資源。 This case is generally about communication systems, and in particular, about allocating bandwidth resources in an efficient manner.

在許多電信系統中,通訊網路被用於在若干個空間上分開的互動設備之間交換訊息。網路可根據地理範圍來分類,該地理範圍可以例如是城市區域、局部區域、或者個人區域。此類網路可分別被指定為廣域網路(WAN)、都會區網路(MAN)、區域網路(LAN)、無線區域網路(WLAN)、或個人區域網路(PAN)。網路亦根據用於互連各種網路節點和設備的交換/路由技術(例如,電路交換相對於封包交換)、用於傳輸的實體媒體的類型(例如,有線相對於無線)、和所使用的通訊協定集(例如,網際網路協定套集、同步光學聯網 路(SONET)、乙太網路等)而有所不同。 In many telecommunication systems, communication networks are used to exchange messages between several spatially separated interactive devices. The network may be classified according to geographic extent, which may be, for example, a city area, a local area, or a personal area. Such networks can be designated as wide area networks (WANs), metropolitan area networks (MANs), regional networks (LANs), wireless local area networks (WLANs), or personal area networks (PANs), respectively. The network is also based on the switching/routing techniques used to interconnect various network nodes and devices (eg, circuit switching versus packet switching), the type of physical media used for transmission (eg, wired versus wireless), and used Set of protocols (eg, Internet Protocol Suite, Synchronous Optical Networking) Road (SONET), Ethernet, etc.) are different.

當網路元件是行動的並由此具有動態連通性需求時,或者在網路架構以自組織(ad hoc)拓撲結構而非固定拓撲結構來形成的情況下,無線網路往往是優選的。無線網路使用無線電、微波、紅外、光等頻帶中的電磁波以非制導傳播模式來採用無形的實體媒體。在與固定的有線網路相比較時,無線網路有利地促成使用者行動性和快速的現場部署。 Wireless networks are often preferred when network elements are mobile and thus have dynamic connectivity requirements, or where the network architecture is formed in an ad hoc topology rather than a fixed topology. Wireless networks use electromagnetic waves in the frequency bands of radio, microwave, infrared, light, etc. to employ intangible physical media in a non-guided propagation mode. Wireless networks advantageously facilitate user mobility and rapid on-site deployment when compared to fixed wired networks.

本發明的系統、方法、電腦可讀取媒體和設備各自具有若干態樣,其中並非僅靠任何單一態樣來負責本發明的期望屬性。在不限制如由所附請求項所表達的本發明的範疇的情況下,現在將簡要地論述一些特徵。在考慮此論述後,並且尤其是在閱讀題為「詳細描述」的章節之後,將理解本發明的特徵是如何為無線網路中的設備提供優點的。 The system, method, computer readable medium and device of the present invention each have several aspects, and not all of the single aspects are responsible for the desired attributes of the present invention. Some features will now be briefly discussed, without limiting the scope of the invention as expressed by the appended claims. After considering this discussion, and particularly after reading the section entitled "Detailed Description," it will be appreciated that the features of the present invention are to provide advantages to devices in a wireless network.

在本案的一態樣,提供了方法、電腦可讀取媒體、和裝置。該裝置可以是無線設備。該無線設備決定傳輸時段中跨通道頻寬延伸的資源元素(RU)集合的第一RU子集,第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調。該無線設備在第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊。 In one aspect of the present invention, methods, computer readable media, and devices are provided. The device can be a wireless device. The wireless device determines a first RU subset of resource element (RU) sets that extend across a channel bandwidth in a transmission period, the first RU subset including fewer RUs of the RU set, each RU of the RU set including at least 26 One tone. The wireless device communicates with at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset.

100‧‧‧無線通訊系統 100‧‧‧Wireless communication system

102‧‧‧基本服務區域(BSA) 102‧‧‧Basic Service Area (BSA)

104‧‧‧存取點(AP) 104‧‧‧Access Point (AP)

108‧‧‧下行鏈路(DL) 108‧‧‧Downlink (DL)

110‧‧‧上行鏈路(UL) 110‧‧‧Uplink (UL)

112‧‧‧站(STA) 112‧‧‧ Station (STA)

114‧‧‧站(STA) 114‧‧‧ Station (STA)

116‧‧‧站(STA) 116‧‧‧ Station (STA)

118‧‧‧站(STA) 118‧‧‧ Station (STA)

124‧‧‧資源配置組件 124‧‧‧Resource Configuration Component

126‧‧‧資源配置組件 126‧‧‧Resource Configuration Component

202‧‧‧無線設備 202‧‧‧Wireless equipment

202b‧‧‧無線設備 202b‧‧‧Wireless equipment

204‧‧‧處理器 204‧‧‧ Processor

206‧‧‧記憶體 206‧‧‧ memory

208‧‧‧信號偵測器 208‧‧‧Signal Detector

210‧‧‧發射器 210‧‧‧transmitter

212‧‧‧接收器 212‧‧‧ Receiver

214‧‧‧收發機 214‧‧‧ transceiver

216‧‧‧收發機 216‧‧‧ transceiver

218‧‧‧信號偵測器 218‧‧‧Signal Detector

220‧‧‧數位訊號處理器(DSP) 220‧‧‧Digital Signal Processor (DSP)

222‧‧‧使用者介面 222‧‧‧User interface

224‧‧‧資源配置組件 224‧‧‧Resource Configuration Component

226‧‧‧匯流排系統 226‧‧‧ busbar system

302‧‧‧調制器 302‧‧‧Modulator

302a‧‧‧無線設備 302a‧‧‧Wireless equipment

304‧‧‧變換組件 304‧‧‧Transformation components

306‧‧‧數位類比轉換器 306‧‧‧Digital Analog Converter

308‧‧‧發射放大器 308‧‧‧Amplifier

310‧‧‧發射器 310‧‧‧transmitter

320‧‧‧數位訊號處理器(DSP) 320‧‧‧Digital Signal Processor (DSP)

401‧‧‧接收放大器 401‧‧‧Receiving amplifier

404‧‧‧變換組件 404‧‧‧Transformation components

405‧‧‧通道估計器與等化器 405‧‧‧Channel estimator and equalizer

406‧‧‧解調器 406‧‧‧ demodulator

410‧‧‧類比數位轉換器 410‧‧‧ Analog Digital Converter

412‧‧‧接收器 412‧‧‧ Receiver

420‧‧‧數位訊號處理器(DSP) 420‧‧‧Digital Signal Processor (DSP)

502a‧‧‧調制器 502a‧‧‧Modulator

502b‧‧‧調制器 502b‧‧‧Modulator

502n‧‧‧調制器 502n‧‧‧Modulator

504‧‧‧編碼器 504‧‧‧Encoder

505‧‧‧交錯系統 505‧‧‧Interlaced system

506‧‧‧串流解析器 506‧‧‧Streaming parser

508a‧‧‧空間串流交錯器 508a‧‧‧Space Stream Interleaver

508b‧‧‧空間串流交錯器 508b‧‧‧Space Stream Interleaver

508n‧‧‧空間串流交錯器 508n‧‧‧Space Stream Interleaver

510a‧‧‧變換組件 510a‧‧‧Transformation components

510b‧‧‧變換組件 510b‧‧‧Transformation components

510n‧‧‧變換組件 510n‧‧‧Transformation components

512a‧‧‧轉換器 512a‧‧‧ converter

512b‧‧‧轉換器 512b‧‧‧ converter

512n‧‧‧轉換器 512n‧‧‧ converter

514a‧‧‧發射器 514a‧‧‧transmitter

514b‧‧‧發射器 514b‧‧‧transmitter

514n‧‧‧發射器 514n‧‧‧transmitter

516a‧‧‧天線 516a‧‧‧Antenna

516b‧‧‧天線 516b‧‧‧Antenna

516n‧‧‧天線 516n‧‧‧Antenna

518a‧‧‧天線 518a‧‧‧Antenna

518b‧‧‧天線 518b‧‧‧Antenna

518n‧‧‧天線 518n‧‧‧Antenna

620a‧‧‧接收器 620a‧‧‧ Receiver

620b‧‧‧接收器 620b‧‧‧ Receiver

620n‧‧‧接收器 620n‧‧‧ Receiver

622a‧‧‧轉換器 622a‧‧‧ converter

622b‧‧‧轉換器 622b‧‧‧ converter

622n‧‧‧轉換器 622n‧‧‧ converter

624a‧‧‧變換組件 624a‧‧‧Transformation components

624b‧‧‧變換組件 624b‧‧‧Transformation components

624n‧‧‧變換組件 624n‧‧‧Transformation components

626a‧‧‧通道估計器與等化器塊 626a‧‧‧Channel estimator and equalizer block

626b‧‧‧通道估計器與等化器塊 626b‧‧‧Channel Estimator and Equalizer Block

626n‧‧‧通道估計器與等化器塊 626n‧‧‧channel estimator and equalizer block

628‧‧‧MIMO偵測器 628‧‧‧MIMO detector

630a‧‧‧解調器 630a‧‧ Demodulator

630b‧‧‧解調器 630b‧‧‧ demodulator

630n‧‧‧解調器 630n‧‧‧ demodulator

632a‧‧‧解交錯器 632a‧‧Deinterleaver

632b‧‧‧解交錯器 632b‧‧‧Deinterlacer

632n‧‧‧解交錯器 632n‧‧‧Deinterlacer

634‧‧‧串流反解析器 634‧‧‧Streaming inverse resolver

636‧‧‧解碼器 636‧‧‧Decoder

700‧‧‧實體層封包 700‧‧‧ physical layer packets

702‧‧‧前序信號 702‧‧‧ preamble signal

704‧‧‧短訓練欄位(STF) 704‧‧‧ Short Training Field (STF)

706‧‧‧長訓練欄位(LTF) 706‧‧‧Long Training Field (LTF)

708‧‧‧信號欄位(SIG) 708‧‧‧Signal Field (SIG)

710‧‧‧有效載荷 710‧‧‧ payload

800‧‧‧示圖 800‧‧‧ diagram

804‧‧‧無線設備 804‧‧‧Wireless equipment

806‧‧‧通道 806‧‧‧ channel

808‧‧‧無線設備 808‧‧‧Wireless equipment

810‧‧‧資源配置 810‧‧‧Resource allocation

816‧‧‧RU 816‧‧‧RU

832‧‧‧RU 832‧‧‧RU

834‧‧‧RU 834‧‧‧RU

836‧‧‧RU 836‧‧‧RU

838‧‧‧RU 838‧‧‧RU

860‧‧‧資源配置 860‧‧‧Resource allocation

900‧‧‧示圖 900‧‧‧图

910‧‧‧資源配置 910‧‧‧Resource allocation

916‧‧‧RU 916‧‧‧RU

918A‧‧‧RU 918A‧‧‧RU

918B‧‧‧RU 918B‧‧‧RU

920‧‧‧DC頻調 920‧‧‧DC tone

922‧‧‧左保護頻調 922‧‧‧ Left protection tone

924‧‧‧右保護頻調 924‧‧‧right protection tone

960‧‧‧資源配置 960‧‧‧Resource allocation

968A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 968A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

968B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 968B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1000‧‧‧示圖 1000‧‧‧ diagram

1010‧‧‧資源配置 1010‧‧‧Resource allocation

1016‧‧‧RU 1016‧‧‧RU

1018A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1018A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1018B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1018B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1020‧‧‧DC頻調 1020‧‧‧DC tone

1022‧‧‧左保護頻調 1022‧‧‧ Left protection tone

1024‧‧‧右保護頻調 1024‧‧‧right protection tone

1060‧‧‧資源配置 1060‧‧‧Resource allocation

1068A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1068A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1068B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1068B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1100‧‧‧示圖 1100‧‧‧ diagram

1110‧‧‧資源配置 1110‧‧‧Resource allocation

1116‧‧‧RU 1116‧‧‧RU

1118A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1118A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1118B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1118B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1120‧‧‧DC頻調 1120‧‧‧DC tone

1122‧‧‧左保護頻調 1122‧‧‧ Left protection tone

1124‧‧‧右保護頻調 1124‧‧‧right protection tone

1160‧‧‧資源配置 1160‧‧‧ Resource allocation

1168A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1168A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1168B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1168B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1200‧‧‧示圖 1200‧‧‧ diagram

1210‧‧‧資源配置 1210‧‧‧Resource allocation

1216‧‧‧RU 1216‧‧‧RU

1218A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1218A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1218B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1218B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1220‧‧‧DC頻調 1220‧‧‧DC tone

1222‧‧‧左保護頻調 1222‧‧‧Left protection tone

1224‧‧‧右保護頻調 1224‧‧‧right protection tone

1260‧‧‧資源配置 1260‧‧‧Resource allocation

1268A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1268A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1268B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1268B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1300‧‧‧示圖 1300‧‧‧ diagram

1310‧‧‧資源配置 1310‧‧‧Resource allocation

1316‧‧‧RU 1316‧‧‧RU

1318A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1318A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1318B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1318B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1320‧‧‧DC頻調 1320‧‧‧DC tone

1322‧‧‧左保護頻調 1322‧‧‧Left protection tone

1324‧‧‧右保護頻調 1324‧‧‧right protection tone

1368A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1368A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1368B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1368B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1400‧‧‧示圖 1400‧‧‧ diagram

1410‧‧‧資源配置 1410‧‧‧Resource allocation

1416‧‧‧RU 1416‧‧‧RU

1418A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1418A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1418B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1418B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1420‧‧‧DC頻調 1420‧‧‧DC tone

1422‧‧‧左保護頻調 1422‧‧‧Left protection tone

1424‧‧‧右保護頻調 1424‧‧‧right protection tone

1460‧‧‧資源配置 1460‧‧‧Resource allocation

1468A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1468A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1468B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1468B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1500‧‧‧示圖 1500‧‧‧图

1510‧‧‧資源配置 1510‧‧‧Resource allocation

1516‧‧‧RU 1516‧‧‧RU

1518A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1518A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1518B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1518B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1520‧‧‧DC頻調 1520‧‧‧DC tone

1522‧‧‧左保護頻調 1522‧‧‧left protection tone

1524‧‧‧右保護頻調 1524‧‧‧right protection tone

1560‧‧‧資源配置 1560‧‧‧Resource allocation

1568A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1568A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1568B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1568B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1600‧‧‧示圖 1600‧‧‧ diagram

1610‧‧‧資源配置 1610‧‧‧Resource allocation

1616‧‧‧RU 1616‧‧‧RU

1618A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1618A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1618B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1618B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1620‧‧‧DC頻調 1620‧‧‧DC tone

1622‧‧‧左保護頻調 1622‧‧‧Left protection tone

1624‧‧‧右保護頻調 1624‧‧‧right protection tone

1668A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1668A‧‧ Center RU-section

1668B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1668B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1700‧‧‧示圖 1700‧‧‧图

1710‧‧‧資源配置 1710‧‧‧Resource allocation

1716‧‧‧RU 1716‧‧‧RU

1718A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1718A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1718B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1718B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1720‧‧‧DC頻調 1720‧‧‧DC tone

1722‧‧‧左保護頻調 1722‧‧‧ Left protection tone

1724‧‧‧右保護頻調 1724‧‧‧right protection tone

1760‧‧‧資源配置 1760‧‧‧Resource allocation

1768A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1768A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1768B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1768B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1800‧‧‧示圖 1800‧‧‧ diagram

1810‧‧‧資源配置 1810‧‧‧Resource allocation

1816‧‧‧RU 1816‧‧‧RU

1818A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1818A‧‧‧Center RU-section

1818B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1818B‧‧‧Center RU-section

1820‧‧‧DC頻調 1820‧‧‧DC tone

1822‧‧‧左保護頻調 1822‧‧‧left protection tone

1824‧‧‧右保護頻調 1824‧‧‧right protection tone

1860‧‧‧資源配置 1860‧‧‧Resource allocation

1868A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1868A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1868B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1868B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1900‧‧‧示圖 1900‧‧‧图

1910‧‧‧資源配置 1910‧‧‧ Resource allocation

1916‧‧‧RU 1916‧‧‧RU

1918A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1918A‧‧ Center RU-section

1918B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 1918B‧‧ Center RU-section

1920‧‧‧DC頻調 1920‧‧‧DC tone

1922‧‧‧左保護頻調 1922‧‧‧Left protection tone

1924‧‧‧右保護頻調 1924‧‧ ‧ right protection tone

1960‧‧‧資源配置 1960‧‧‧Resource allocation

1968A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1968A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

1968B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 1968B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

2000‧‧‧示圖 2000‧‧‧图

2010‧‧‧資源配置 2010‧‧‧Resource allocation

2016‧‧‧RU 2016‧‧‧RU

2018A‧‧‧中心RU-部分 2018A‧‧‧Center RU-section

2018B‧‧‧中心RU-部分 2018B‧‧‧Center RU-section

2020‧‧‧DC頻調 2020‧‧‧DC tone

2022‧‧‧左保護頻調 2022‧‧‧Left protection tone

2024‧‧‧右保護頻調 2024‧‧‧right protection tone

2060‧‧‧資源配置 2060‧‧‧Resource allocation

2068A‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 2068A‧‧‧Edge RU-section

2068B‧‧‧邊緣RU-部分 2068B‧‧‧Edge RU-section

2100‧‧‧方法 2100‧‧‧ method

2112‧‧‧操作 2112‧‧‧ operation

2114‧‧‧操作 2114‧‧‧ operation

2116‧‧‧操作 2116‧‧‧ operation

2120‧‧‧操作 2120‧‧‧ operation

2122‧‧‧操作 2122‧‧‧ operation

2124‧‧‧操作 2124‧‧‧ operation

2126‧‧‧操作 2126‧‧‧ operation

2152‧‧‧操作 2152‧‧‧ operation

2154‧‧‧操作 2154‧‧‧ operation

2156‧‧‧操作 2156‧‧‧ operation

2200‧‧‧方法 2200‧‧‧ method

2205‧‧‧操作 2205‧‧‧ operation

2210‧‧‧操作 2210‧‧‧ operation

2215‧‧‧操作 2215‧‧‧ operation

2220‧‧‧操作 2220‧‧‧ operation

2225‧‧‧操作 2225‧‧‧ operation

2230‧‧‧操作 2230‧‧‧ operation

2300‧‧‧方法 2300‧‧‧ method

2305‧‧‧操作 2305‧‧‧ operation

2310‧‧‧操作 2310‧‧‧Operation

2315‧‧‧操作 2315‧‧‧Operation

2400‧‧‧資料串流圖 2400‧‧‧Data Streaming Chart

2402‧‧‧裝備 2402‧‧‧Equipment

2404‧‧‧接收組件 2404‧‧‧ Receiving components

2406‧‧‧頻調映射組件 2406‧‧‧tone mapping component

2407‧‧‧資料應用 2407‧‧‧Application of data

2408‧‧‧通道分配組件 2408‧‧‧Channel Assignment Components

2410‧‧‧傳送組件 2410‧‧‧Transfer components

2432‧‧‧資料封包 2432‧‧‧Information packet

2442‧‧‧資料封包 2442‧‧‧Information packet

2440‧‧‧資料 2440‧‧‧Information

2450‧‧‧無線設備 2450‧‧‧Wireless equipment

2464‧‧‧訊框 2464‧‧‧ Frame

2500‧‧‧無線通訊設備 2500‧‧‧Wireless communication equipment

2505‧‧‧接收器 2505‧‧‧ Receiver

2510‧‧‧處理系統 2510‧‧‧Processing system

2515‧‧‧發射器 2515‧‧‧transmitter

2524‧‧‧資源配置組件 2524‧‧‧Resource Configuration Component

圖1示出其中可採用本案的各態樣的實例無線通訊系統。 Figure 1 illustrates an example wireless communication system in which aspects of the present invention may be employed.

圖2是可在圖1的無線通訊系統內採用的無線設備的 功能方塊圖。 2 is a wireless device that can be employed in the wireless communication system of FIG. Functional block diagram.

圖3圖示了可在無線設備中用於傳送無線通訊的各種組件。 Figure 3 illustrates various components that can be used to communicate wireless communications in a wireless device.

圖4圖示了可在無線設備中用於接收無線通訊的各種組件。 4 illustrates various components that can be used to receive wireless communications in a wireless device.

圖5是可在無線設備(諸如圖2的無線設備)中實現以傳送和接收無線通訊的MIMO系統的功能方塊圖。 5 is a functional block diagram of a MIMO system that can be implemented in a wireless device, such as the wireless device of FIG. 2, to transmit and receive wireless communications.

圖6是可在無線設備(諸如圖2的無線設備)中實現以接收無線通訊的實例性MIMO系統的功能方塊圖。 6 is a functional block diagram of an example MIMO system that can be implemented in a wireless device, such as the wireless device of FIG. 2, to receive wireless communications.

圖7是示出實體層封包的實例性結構的方塊圖。 FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing an exemplary structure of a physical layer packet.

圖8是圖示WLAN的通道上的資源配置的示圖。 FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating resource configuration on a channel of a WLAN.

圖9是圖示WLAN中20MHz頻寬的通道上的第一實例性資源配置的示圖。 9 is a diagram illustrating a first example resource configuration on a 20 MHz bandwidth channel in a WLAN.

圖10是圖示WLAN中20MHz頻寬的通道上的第二實例性資源配置的示圖。 10 is a diagram illustrating a second example resource configuration on a 20 MHz bandwidth channel in a WLAN.

圖11是圖示WLAN中20MHz頻寬的通道上的第三實例性資源配置的示圖。 11 is a diagram illustrating a third example resource configuration on a 20 MHz bandwidth channel in a WLAN.

圖12是圖示WLAN中40MHz頻寬的通道上的第一實例性資源配置的示圖。 12 is a diagram illustrating a first example resource configuration on a 40 MHz bandwidth channel in a WLAN.

圖13是圖示WLAN中40MHz頻寬的通道上的第二實例性資源配置的示圖。 13 is a diagram illustrating a second example resource configuration on a 40 MHz bandwidth channel in a WLAN.

圖14是圖示WLAN中40MHz頻寬的通道上的第三實例性資源配置的示圖。 14 is a diagram illustrating a third example resource configuration on a 40 MHz bandwidth channel in a WLAN.

圖15是圖示WLAN中40MHz頻寬的通道上的第四實 例性資源配置的示圖。 Figure 15 is a diagram showing the fourth real on a 40 MHz bandwidth channel in a WLAN. A diagram of an example resource configuration.

圖16是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道上的第一實例性資源配置的示圖。 16 is a diagram illustrating a first example resource configuration on a channel of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN.

圖17是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道上的第二實例性資源配置的示圖。 17 is a diagram illustrating a second example resource configuration on a channel of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN.

圖18是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道上的第三實例性資源配置的示圖。 18 is a diagram illustrating a third example resource configuration on a channel of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN.

圖19是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道上的第四實例性資源配置的示圖。 19 is a diagram illustrating a fourth example resource configuration on a channel of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN.

圖20是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道上的第五實例性資源配置的示圖。 20 is a diagram illustrating a fifth example resource configuration on a channel of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN.

圖21是分配WLAN中的通道上的資源的實例性方法的流程圖。 21 is a flow diagram of an example method of allocating resources on a channel in a WLAN.

圖22是向至少一個站分配頻寬的資源的實例性方法的流程圖。 22 is a flow diagram of an example method of allocating resources of a bandwidth to at least one station.

圖23是決定頻寬的資源配置以與存取點通訊的實例性方法的流程圖。 23 is a flow diagram of an example method of determining resource configuration of a bandwidth to communicate with an access point.

圖24是圖示實例性裝備中的不同組件/裝置之間的資料串流的概念性資料串流圖。 24 is a conceptual data flow diagram illustrating data streams between different components/devices in an example equipment.

圖25是實例性無線通訊設備的功能方塊圖。 25 is a functional block diagram of an example wireless communication device.

以下參照附圖更全面地描述本新穎系統、裝置、電腦可讀取媒體和方法的各種態樣。然而,本案可用許多不同形式來實施並且不應解釋為被限定於本案通篇提供的任何具 體結構或功能。確切而言,提供這些態樣是為了使得本案將是透徹和完整的,並且其將向本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者完全傳達本案的範疇。基於本文中的教導,本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者應領會,本案的範疇意欲覆蓋本文中揭示的這些新穎系統、裝置、電腦可讀取媒體和方法的任何態樣,不論其是與本發明的任何其他態樣相獨立還是組合地實現的。例如,可以使用本文所闡述的任何數目的態樣來實現裝置或實踐方法。另外,本發明的範疇意欲覆蓋使用作為本文中所闡述的本發明各種態樣的補充或者與之不同的其他結構、功能性、或者結構及功能性來實踐的裝置或方法。應當理解,本文所揭示的任何態樣可以由請求項的一或多個要素來實施。 Various aspects of the novel systems, devices, computer readable media and methods are described more fully hereinafter with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, the present case can be implemented in many different forms and should not be construed as being limited to any of the provisions provided throughout the case. Body structure or function. Rather, these aspects are provided so that this disclosure will be thorough and complete, and the scope of the present invention will be fully conveyed by those of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention pertains. Based on the teachings herein, one of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains will be appreciated. The scope of the present invention is intended to cover any such novel systems, devices, computer readable media, and methods disclosed herein, regardless of Any other aspect of the invention is implemented independently or in combination. For example, any number of aspects set forth herein can be used to implement an apparatus or a method of practice. In addition, the scope of the invention is intended to cover a device or method that is practiced as a function of the various embodiments of the invention as described herein, or other structures, functions, or structures and functions. It should be understood that any aspect disclosed herein can be implemented by one or more elements of the claim.

儘管本文描述了特定態樣,但這些態樣的眾多變體和置換落在本案的範疇之內。儘管提到了優選態樣的一些益處和優點,但本案的範疇並非意欲被限定於特定益處、用途或目標。相反,本案的各態樣意欲寬泛地適用於不同的無線技術、系統組態、網路、和傳輸協定,其中一些藉由實例在附圖和以下對優選態樣的描述中圖示。詳細描述和附圖僅僅圖示本案而非限定本案,本案的範疇由所附請求項及其等效技術方案來定義。 Although specific aspects are described herein, numerous variations and permutations of these aspects are within the scope of the present disclosure. Although some of the benefits and advantages of the preferred aspects are mentioned, the scope of the present invention is not intended to be limited to a particular benefit, use, or objective. Rather, the various aspects of the present invention are intended to be broadly applicable to different wireless technologies, system configurations, networks, and transmission protocols, some of which are illustrated by way of example in the drawings and the description of the preferred aspects. The detailed description and drawings are merely illustrative of the present invention, and the scope of the present invention is defined by the appended claims and their equivalents.

流行的無線網路技術可包括各種類型的無線區域網路(WLAN)。WLAN可被用於採用廣泛使用的聯網協定來將近旁設備互連在一起。本文中所描述的各個態樣可應用於任何通訊標準,諸如無線協定。 Popular wireless network technologies can include various types of wireless local area networks (WLANs). WLANs can be used to interconnect nearby devices with widely used networking protocols. The various aspects described herein can be applied to any communication standard, such as a wireless protocol.

在一些態樣,可使用正交分頻多工(OFDM)、直接序列展頻(DSSS)通訊、OFDM與DSSS通訊的組合、或其他方案來根據802.11協定傳送無線信號。802.11協定的實現可被用於感測器、計量、和智慧電網。有利地,實現802.11協定的某些設備的各態樣可以比實現其他無線協定的設備消耗更少的功率,及/或可被用於跨相對較長的距離(例如,約1公里或更長)來傳送無線信號。 In some aspects, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) communication, a combination of OFDM and DSSS communication, or other schemes can be used to transmit wireless signals in accordance with the 802.11 protocol. The implementation of the 802.11 protocol can be used for sensors, metering, and smart grids. Advantageously, aspects of certain devices implementing the 802.11 protocol may consume less power than devices implementing other wireless protocols, and/or may be used across relatively long distances (eg, about 1 kilometer or longer) ) to transmit wireless signals.

在一些實現中,WLAN包括作為存取無線網路的組件的各種設備。例如,可以有兩種類型的設備:存取點(AP)和客戶端(亦稱為站或「STA」)。一般而言,AP可用作WLAN的中樞或基地台,而STA用作WLAN的使用者。例如,STA可以是膝上型電腦、個人數位助理(PDA)、行動電話等。在一實例中,STA經由遵循WiFi(例如,IEEE 802.11協定)的無線鏈路連接到AP以獲得到網際網路或到其他廣域網的一般連通性。在一些實現中,STA亦可被用作AP。 In some implementations, a WLAN includes various devices that are components of an access wireless network. For example, there can be two types of devices: an access point (AP) and a client (also known as a station or "STA"). In general, an AP can be used as a hub or base station for a WLAN, and a STA is used as a user of a WLAN. For example, the STA can be a laptop, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, and the like. In an example, the STA connects to the AP via a wireless link that follows WiFi (eg, IEEE 802.11 protocol) to obtain general connectivity to the Internet or to other wide area networks. In some implementations, the STA can also be used as an AP.

存取點亦可包括、被實現為、或被稱為B節點、無線電網路控制器(RNC)、進化型B節點、基地台控制器(B SC)、基地收發機站(BTS)、基地台(BS)、收發機功能(TF)、無線電路由器、無線電收發機、連接點、或其他某個術語。 An access point may also be implemented, or referred to as a Node B, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), an evolved Node B, a Base Station Controller (BSC), a Base Transceiver Station (BTS), a base. Station (BS), transceiver function (TF), radio router, transceiver, connection point, or some other terminology.

站亦可包括、被實現為、或被稱為存取終端(AT)、用戶站、用戶單元、行動站、遠端站、遠端終端機、使用者終端、使用者代理、使用者設備、使用者裝備、或其他某個術語。在一些實現中,存取終端可包括蜂巢式電話、無線 電話、對話啟動協定(SIP)電話、無線區域迴路(WLL)站、個人數位助理(PDA)、具有無線連接能力的掌上型設備、或連接到無線數據機的其他某種合適的處理設備。因此,本文所教導的一或多個態樣可被納入到電話(例如,蜂巢式電話或智慧型電話)、電腦(例如,膝上型設備)、可攜式通訊設備、手持機、可攜式計算設備(例如,個人資料助理)、娛樂設備(例如,音樂或視訊設備、或衛星無線電)、遊戲裝置或系統、全球定位系統設備、或被配置成經由無線媒體通訊的任何其他合適的設備中。 The station may also be implemented as, or be referred to as, an access terminal (AT), a subscriber station, a subscriber unit, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a user terminal, a user agent, a user equipment, User equipment, or some other terminology. In some implementations, the access terminal can include a cellular telephone, wireless Telephone, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) telephone, Wireless Area Loop (WLL) station, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless connectivity, or some other suitable processing device connected to the wireless data modem. Thus, one or more aspects taught herein can be incorporated into a telephone (eg, a cellular or smart phone), a computer (eg, a laptop), a portable communication device, a handset, a portable Computing device (eg, personal data assistant), entertainment device (eg, music or video device, or satellite radio), gaming device or system, global positioning system device, or any other suitable device configured to communicate via wireless media in.

在一態樣,MIMO方案可被用於廣域WLAN(例如,WiFi)連通性。MIMO利用稱為多徑的無線電波特性。在多徑中,所傳送的資料可能會從物體(例如,牆、門、傢俱)彈回,從而經由不同路線且在不同時間多次抵達接收天線。採用MIMO的WLAN設備將資料串流拆分成多個部分(稱為空間串流),並經由分別的天線向接收WLAN設備上的相應天線傳送每個空間串流。 In one aspect, the MIMO scheme can be used for wide area WLAN (eg, WiFi) connectivity. MIMO utilizes a radio wave characteristic called multipath. In multipath, the transmitted material may bounce back from objects (eg, walls, doors, furniture) to reach the receiving antenna multiple times via different routes and at different times. A MIMO device employing MIMO splits the data stream into multiple parts (referred to as spatial streams) and transmits each spatial stream to the corresponding antenna on the receiving WLAN device via separate antennas.

術語「相關聯」或「關聯」或其任何變型應被賦予在本案的上下文內所可能的最廣涵意。作為實例,當第一裝置與第二裝置關聯時,應理解,這兩個裝置可直接關聯或者可存在中間裝置。出於簡明起見,用於在兩個裝置之間建立關聯的程序將使用交握協定來描述,交握協定要求這些裝置之一作出「關聯請求」繼之以由另一裝置作出「關聯回應」。本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者將理解,交握協定可要求其他訊號傳遞,諸如舉例而言,用於提供認證的訊號傳遞。 The term "associated with" or "associated" or any variant thereof shall be given the broadest possible meaning within the context of the present disclosure. As an example, when a first device is associated with a second device, it should be understood that the two devices may be directly associated or may be in the presence of an intermediate device. For the sake of brevity, the procedure for establishing an association between two devices will be described using a handshake protocol that requires one of these devices to make an "association request" followed by another device to make an "association response" "." Those of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention pertains will appreciate that the handshake protocol may require other signal delivery, such as, for example, to provide for signal delivery for authentication.

本文中使用諸如「第一」、「第二」等指定對元素的任何引述一般並不限定那些元素的數量或次序。確切而言,這些指定在本文中用作區別兩個或兩個以上元素或者元素實例的便捷方法。因此,對第一元素和第二元素的引述並不意味著只能採用兩個元素、或者第一元素必須位於第二元素之前。另外,引述一列項目中的「至少一個」的短語是指那些專案的任何組合,包括單個成員。作為實例,「A、B、或C中的至少一個」意欲涵蓋:A、或B、或C、或其任何組合(例如,A-B、A-C、B-C、和A-B-C)。 Any reference to an element such as "first" or "second" as used herein generally does not limit the number or order of those elements. Rather, these assignments are used herein as a convenient way to distinguish between two or more elements or instances of an element. Therefore, the reference to the first element and the second element does not mean that only two elements can be used, or that the first element must precede the second element. In addition, the phrase "at least one" in a list of items refers to any combination of those items, including individual members. As an example, "at least one of A, B, or C" is intended to encompass: A, or B, or C, or any combination thereof (eg, A-B, A-C, B-C, and A-B-C).

如以上所論述的,本文中所描述的某些設備可實現例如802.11標準。此類設備(無論是用作STA還是AP還是其他設備)可被用於智慧計量或者用在智慧電網中。此類設備可提供感測器應用或者用在家庭自動化中。這些設備可取而代之或者額外地用在健康護理環境中,例如用於個人健康護理。這些設備亦可被用於監督以啟用擴展範圍的網際網路連通性(例如,供與熱點聯用)、或者實現機器對機器通訊。 As discussed above, certain devices described herein may implement, for example, the 802.11 standard. Such devices (whether used as STAs or APs or other devices) can be used for smart metering or for use in smart grids. Such devices can be used in sensor applications or in home automation. These devices may be used instead or in addition to a health care environment, such as for personal health care. These devices can also be used to monitor to enable extended range of Internet connectivity (for example, for use with hotspots) or for machine-to-machine communication.

本文所描述的某些設備可進一步實現多輸入多輸出(MIMO)技術並且被實現為802.11標準的一部分。MIMO系統採用多個(N T 個)發射天線和多個(N R 個)接收天線進行資料傳輸。由這N T 個發射天線及N R 個接收天線形成的MIMO通道可被分解為N S 個亦被稱為空間通道或串流的獨立通道,其中N S min{N T ,N R }。這N S 個獨立通道中的每一個對應於一個維度。若由這多個發射天線和接收天線創生的額外維度得以利用,則MIMO系統就能提供改善的效能(例如,更高的輸送量 及/或更大的可靠性)。 Certain devices described herein may further implement Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) technology and be implemented as part of the 802.11 standard. MIMO system employs multiple (N T) transmit antennas and multiple (N R) receive antennas for data transmission. MIMO channel formed by the N T transmit antennas and N R receive antennas may be decomposed into N S independent channels is also referred to spatial channel or stream, where N S Min{ N T , N R }. Each of the N S independent channels corresponds to one dimension. If additional dimensions created by the multiple transmit and receive antennas are utilized, the MIMO system can provide improved performance (e.g., higher throughput and/or greater reliability).

圖1示出其中可採用本案的各態樣的實例無線通訊系統100。無線通訊系統100可按照無線標準(例如802.11標準)來操作。無線通訊系統100可包括AP 104,其與STA(例如,STA 112、114、116、和118)通訊。 FIG. 1 illustrates an example wireless communication system 100 in which various aspects of the present invention may be employed. Wireless communication system 100 can operate in accordance with wireless standards, such as the 802.11 standard. The wireless communication system 100 can include an AP 104 that communicates with STAs (e.g., STAs 112, 114, 116, and 118).

可以將各種程序和方法用於無線通訊系統100中在AP 104與STA之間的傳輸。例如,可以根據OFDM/OFDMA技術在AP 104與STA之間發送和接收信號。若是這種情形,則無線通訊系統100可以被稱為OFDM/OFDMA系統。替換地,可以根據CDMA技術在AP 104與STA之間發送和接收信號。若是這種情形,則無線通訊系統100可被稱為CDMA系統。 Various procedures and methods can be used for transmission between the AP 104 and the STA in the wireless communication system 100. For example, signals can be transmitted and received between the AP 104 and the STA in accordance with OFDM/OFDMA techniques. If this is the case, the wireless communication system 100 can be referred to as an OFDM/OFDMA system. Alternatively, signals can be transmitted and received between the AP 104 and the STA in accordance with CDMA techniques. If this is the case, the wireless communication system 100 can be referred to as a CDMA system.

促成從AP 104至一或多個STA的傳輸的通訊鏈路可被稱為下行鏈路(DL)108,而促成從一或多個STA至AP 104的傳輸的通訊鏈路可被稱為上行鏈路(UL)110。替換地,下行鏈路108可被稱為前向鏈路或前向通道,而上行鏈路110可被稱為反向鏈路或反向通道。在一些態樣,DL通訊可以包括單播或多播話務指示。 A communication link that facilitates transmissions from the AP 104 to one or more STAs may be referred to as a downlink (DL) 108, while a communication link that facilitates transmissions from one or more STAs to the AP 104 may be referred to as an uplink. Link (UL) 110. Alternatively, downlink 108 may be referred to as a forward link or a forward channel, and uplink 110 may be referred to as a reverse link or a reverse channel. In some aspects, the DL communication can include unicast or multicast traffic indications.

在一些態樣,AP 104可以抑制毗鄰通道干擾(ACI),從而AP 104可以同時在不止一個通道上接收UL通訊而不會導致顯著的類比數位轉換(ADC)削波雜訊。AP 104可以例如經由具有針對每個通道的分別的有限衝激回應(FIR)濾波器或者具有帶增加的位寬的較長ADC退避時段來改善對ACI的抑制。 In some aspects, the AP 104 can suppress adjacent channel interference (ACI) so that the AP 104 can receive UL communications on more than one channel simultaneously without causing significant analog-to-digital conversion (ADC) clipping noise. The AP 104 may improve the suppression of ACI, for example, via having a separate finite impulse response (FIR) filter for each channel or having a longer ADC backoff period with increased bit width.

AP 104可充當基地台並提供基本服務區域(BSA) 102中的無線通訊覆蓋。BSA(例如,BSA 102)是AP(例如,AP 104)的覆蓋區。AP 104連同與該AP 104相關聯並使用該AP 104來通訊的諸STA一起可被稱為基本服務集(BSS)。應注意,無線通訊系統100可以不具有中央AP(例如,AP 104),而是可以作為諸STA之間的對等網路起作用。相應地,本文所描述的AP 104的功能可替換地由一或多個STA來執行。 The AP 104 acts as a base station and provides a basic service area (BSA) Wireless communication coverage in 102. The BSA (e.g., BSA 102) is the coverage area of an AP (e.g., AP 104). The AP 104, along with the STAs associated with the AP 104 and communicating using the AP 104, may be referred to as a Basic Service Set (BSS). It should be noted that the wireless communication system 100 may not have a central AP (e.g., AP 104), but may function as a peer-to-peer network between STAs. Accordingly, the functionality of the AP 104 described herein may alternatively be performed by one or more STAs.

AP 104可在一或多個通道(例如,多個窄頻通道,每個通道包括一頻率頻寬)上經由通訊鏈路(諸如,下行鏈路108)向無線通訊系統100的其他節點(STA)傳送信標信號(或簡稱「信標」),這可幫助其他節點(STA)將它們的定時與AP 104同步,或者可提供其他資訊或功能性。此類信標可被週期性地傳送。在一個態樣,相繼傳輸之間的時段可被稱為超訊框。信標的傳輸可被劃分成數個群或區間。在一個態樣,信標可包括、但不限於諸如以下資訊:用於設置共用時鐘的時間戳記資訊、對等網路識別符、設備識別符、能力資訊、超訊框歷時、傳輸方向資訊、接收方向資訊、鄰點清單、及/或擴展鄰點列表,它們中的一些在以下更詳細地描述。因此,信標可以既包括在若干設備之間公用(例如共用)的資訊,又包括專用於給定設備的資訊。 The AP 104 can communicate to other nodes of the wireless communication system 100 (STA) via a communication link (such as the downlink 108) over one or more channels (eg, multiple narrowband channels, each channel including a frequency bandwidth) A beacon signal (or simply "beacon") is transmitted, which can help other nodes (STAs) synchronize their timing with the AP 104, or provide other information or functionality. Such beacons can be transmitted periodically. In one aspect, the period between successive transmissions can be referred to as a hyperframe. The transmission of the beacon can be divided into several groups or intervals. In one aspect, the beacon may include, but is not limited to, information such as: timestamp information for setting a shared clock, peer-to-peer network identifier, device identifier, capability information, hyperframe duration, transmission direction information, Receive direction information, neighbor list, and/or extended neighbor list, some of which are described in more detail below. Thus, a beacon can include both information that is common (eg, shared) between several devices, as well as information that is specific to a given device.

在一些態樣,STA(例如,STA 114)可能被要求與AP 104進行關聯以向該AP 104發送通訊及/或從該AP 104接收通訊。在一個態樣,用於關聯的資訊被包括在由AP 104廣播的信標中。為了接收此種信標,STA 114可例如在覆蓋區劃上執行寬覆蓋搜尋。舉例而言,搜尋亦可由STA 114經由以燈塔 方式掃過覆蓋區劃來執行。在接收到用於關聯的資訊之後,STA 114可向AP 104傳送參考信號,諸如關聯探測或請求。在一些態樣,AP 104可使用回載服務例如以與更大的網路(諸如網際網路或公用交換電話網路(PSTN))通訊。 In some aspects, a STA (e.g., STA 114) may be required to associate with the AP 104 to send and/or receive communications from the AP 104. In one aspect, information for association is included in the beacon broadcast by the AP 104. In order to receive such beacons, STA 114 may perform a wide coverage search, for example, on the coverage area. For example, the search can also be by the STA 114 via the lighthouse The way is to sweep over the coverage area to execute. After receiving the information for association, STA 114 may transmit a reference signal to AP 104, such as an association probe or request. In some aspects, the AP 104 can use a backhaul service, for example, to communicate with a larger network, such as the Internet or the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN).

在一態樣,AP 104可包括用於執行各種功能的一或多個組件。例如,AP 104可包括資源配置組件124,其被配置成執行與向至少一個站(例如,STA 112、114、116、118)分配頻寬的資源以用於通訊以及向該至少一個站指示所分配資源有關的規程。資源配置組件124可控制決定傳輸時段中跨通道頻寬延伸的RU集合的第一RU子集的程序,第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調。資源配置組件124亦可控制在第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊的程序。 In one aspect, AP 104 can include one or more components for performing various functions. For example, the AP 104 can include a resource configuration component 124 configured to perform resources for allocating bandwidth to at least one station (e.g., STAs 112, 114, 116, 118) for communication and to indicate to the at least one station Procedures for allocating resources. The resource configuration component 124 can control a program that determines a first subset of RUs of the set of RUs that extend across the channel bandwidth in the transmission period, the first subset of RUs comprising less than the RUs of the set of RUs, each RU of the set of RUs including at least 26 tones. The resource configuration component 124 can also control the process of communicating at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset.

在另一態樣,STA 114可包括用於執行各種功能的一或多個組件。例如,STA 114可包括資源配置組件126,其被配置成執行與決定頻寬的資源配置以與存取點(例如,AP 104)通訊有關的規程。資源配置組件126可控制決定傳輸時段中跨通道頻寬延伸的RU集合的第一RU子集的程序,第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調。資源配置組件126亦可控制在第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊的程序。 In another aspect, STA 114 can include one or more components for performing various functions. For example, STA 114 may include a resource configuration component 126 that is configured to perform procedures related to determining a resource configuration of a bandwidth to communicate with an access point (e.g., AP 104). The resource configuration component 126 can control a program that determines a first subset of RUs of the set of RUs that extend across the channel bandwidth in the transmission period, the first subset of RUs comprising less than the RUs of the set of RUs, each RU of the set of RUs including at least 26 tones. The resource configuration component 126 can also control the communication of at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset.

圖2是可在圖1的無線通訊系統100內採用的無線設備202的功能方塊圖。無線設備202是可被配置成實現本文描述的各種方法的設備的實例。例如,無線設備202可包括AP 104或者STA 112、114、116或118中的任一個STA。 2 is a functional block diagram of a wireless device 202 that can be employed within the wireless communication system 100 of FIG. Wireless device 202 is an example of a device that can be configured to implement the various methods described herein. For example, wireless device 202 can include an AP 104 or any of the STAs 112, 114, 116 or 118.

無線設備202可包括控制無線設備202的操作的處理器204。處理器204亦可被稱為中央處理單元(CPU)。可包括唯讀記憶體(ROM)和隨機存取記憶體(RAM)兩者的記憶體206可以向處理器204提供指令和資料。記憶體206的一部分亦可包括非揮發性隨機存取記憶體(NVRAM)。處理器204通常基於記憶體206內儲存的程式指令來執行邏輯和算數運算。記憶體206中的指令可以是可(例如,由處理器204)執行的以實現本文描述的方法。 Wireless device 202 can include a processor 204 that controls the operation of wireless device 202. Processor 204 may also be referred to as a central processing unit (CPU). Memory 206, which may include both read-only memory (ROM) and random access memory (RAM), may provide instructions and data to processor 204. A portion of the memory 206 may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM). The processor 204 typically performs logical and arithmetic operations based on program instructions stored within the memory 206. Instructions in memory 206 may be executable (e.g., by processor 204) to implement the methods described herein.

當無線設備202被實現為AP或STA時,資源配置組件224可控制決定傳輸時段中跨通道頻寬延伸的RU集合的第一RU子集的程序,第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調。資源配置組件224亦可控制在第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊的程序。 When the wireless device 202 is implemented as an AP or a STA, the resource configuration component 224 can control a program that determines a first subset of RUs of the set of RUs that extend across the channel bandwidth in the transmission period, the first subset of RUs including less than the set of RUs The RU, each RU of the set of RUs includes at least 26 tones. The resource configuration component 224 can also control the communication of at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset.

處理器204可包括或者是用一或多個處理器實現的處理系統的組件。這一或多個處理器可以用通用微處理器、微控制器、數位訊號處理器(DSP)、現場可程式設計閘陣列(FPGA)、可程式設計邏輯裝置(PLD)、控制器、狀態機、選通邏輯、個別硬體組件、專用硬體有限狀態機、或能夠對資訊執行演算或其他操縱的任何其他合適實體的任何組合來實現。 Processor 204 may include or be a component of a processing system implemented with one or more processors. One or more processors can use general purpose microprocessors, microcontrollers, digital signal processors (DSPs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), controllers, state machines , strobe logic, individual hardware components, dedicated hardware finite state machines, or any combination of any other suitable entity capable of performing algorithms or other manipulations of information.

處理系統亦可包括用於儲存軟體的機器可讀取媒體。軟體應當被寬泛地解釋成意指任何類型的指令,無論其被 稱作軟體、韌體、中介軟體、微代碼、硬體描述語言、或是其他。指令可包括代碼(例如,呈原始程式碼格式、二進位碼格式、可執行代碼格式、或任何其他合適的代碼格式)。這些指令在由該一或多個處理器執行時使處理系統執行本文描述的各種功能。 The processing system can also include machine readable media for storing software. Software should be interpreted broadly to mean any type of instruction, regardless of its Called software, firmware, mediation software, microcode, hardware description language, or others. Instructions may include code (eg, in raw code format, binary code format, executable code format, or any other suitable code format). These instructions, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the processing system to perform the various functions described herein.

無線設備202亦可包括外殼208,該外殼可內含發射器210及/或接收器212以允許在無線設備202與遠端設備之間進行資料傳送和接收。發射器210和接收器212可被組合成收發機214。天線216可被附連至外殼208並且電耦合至收發機214。無線設備202亦可包括(未圖示)多個發射器、多個接收器、多個收發機、及/或多個天線。 The wireless device 202 can also include a housing 208 that can include a transmitter 210 and/or a receiver 212 to allow data transfer and reception between the wireless device 202 and the remote device. Transmitter 210 and receiver 212 can be combined into transceiver 214. Antenna 216 can be attached to housing 208 and electrically coupled to transceiver 214. Wireless device 202 can also include (not shown) multiple transmitters, multiple receivers, multiple transceivers, and/or multiple antennas.

無線設備202亦可包括可用來偵測和量化收發機214或接收器212收到的信號的位準的信號偵測器218。信號偵測器218可偵測諸如總能量、每次載波每符號能量、功率譜密度之類的信號以及其他信號。無線設備202亦可包括用於處理信號的數位訊號處理器(DSP)220。DSP 220可被配置成產生封包以供傳輸。在一些態樣,封包可包括實體層資料單元(PPDU)。 The wireless device 202 can also include a signal detector 218 that can be used to detect and quantize the level of signals received by the transceiver 214 or the receiver 212. Signal detector 218 can detect signals such as total energy, energy per symbol per symbol, power spectral density, and other signals. Wireless device 202 can also include a digital signal processor (DSP) 220 for processing signals. The DSP 220 can be configured to generate a packet for transmission. In some aspects, the packet can include a physical layer data unit (PPDU).

在一些態樣,無線設備202可進一步包括使用者介面222。使用者介面222可包括按鍵板、話筒、揚聲器、及/或顯示器。使用者介面222可包括向無線設備202的使用者傳達資訊及/或從該使用者接收輸入的任何元件或組件。 In some aspects, the wireless device 202 can further include a user interface 222. User interface 222 can include a keypad, a microphone, a speaker, and/or a display. User interface 222 can include any component or component that conveys information to and/or receives input from a user of wireless device 202.

無線設備202亦可包括資源配置組件224。當無線設備202被實現為AP(例如,AP 104)時,資源配置組件224可 被配置成經由處理器204及/或收發機214執行與向至少一個站(例如,STA 112、114、116、118)分配頻寬的資源以用於通訊以及向該至少一個站指示所分配資源有關的規程。當無線設備202被實現為STA(例如,STA 112、114、116、或118中的任一者)時,資源配置組件224可被配置成經由處理器204及/或收發機214執行與決定頻寬的資源配置以與AP(例如,AP 104)通訊有關的規程。 The wireless device 202 can also include a resource configuration component 224. When the wireless device 202 is implemented as an AP (eg, the AP 104), the resource configuration component 224 can Configuring to allocate, by processor 204 and/or transceiver 214, resources that allocate bandwidth to at least one station (eg, STAs 112, 114, 116, 118) for communication and to indicate the allocated resources to the at least one station. Related procedures. When the wireless device 202 is implemented as a STA (eg, any of the STAs 112, 114, 116, or 118), the resource configuration component 224 can be configured to perform and determine the frequency via the processor 204 and/or the transceiver 214 A wide resource configuration is a procedure related to communication with an AP (eg, AP 104).

無線設備202的各種組件可由匯流排系統226耦合在一起。匯流排系統226可包括例如資料匯流排,以及除了資料匯流排之外亦有電源匯流排、控制信號匯流排、和狀態信號匯流排。無線設備202的組件可以使用其他某種機制耦合在一起或者彼此接受或提供輸入。 The various components of wireless device 202 can be coupled together by busbar system 226. The busbar system 226 can include, for example, a data bus, and a power bus, a control signal bus, and a status signal bus in addition to the data bus. The components of wireless device 202 can be coupled together or accept or provide input to each other using some other mechanism.

儘管圖2中圖示了數個分開的組件,但這些組件中的一或多個組件可被組合或者共同地實現。例如,處理器204可被用於不僅實現以上關於處理器204描述的功能性,而且亦實現以上關於信號偵測器218、DSP 220、使用者介面222、及/或資源配置組件224描述的功能性。另外,圖2中圖示的每個組件可使用複數個分開的元件來實現。 Although several separate components are illustrated in FIG. 2, one or more of these components may be combined or implemented collectively. For example, processor 204 can be utilized to implement not only the functionality described above with respect to processor 204, but also the functionality described above with respect to signal detector 218, DSP 220, user interface 222, and/or resource configuration component 224. Sex. Additionally, each of the components illustrated in Figure 2 can be implemented using a plurality of separate components.

如以上所論述的,無線設備202可包括AP 104或STA 114,並且可被用於傳送及/或接收通訊。圖3圖示了可在無線設備202中用於傳送無線通訊的各種組件。圖3中所圖示的組件可以例如被用於傳送OFDM通訊。在一些態樣,圖3中所圖示的組件被用於產生和傳送要在20MHz、40MHz、80MHz或更高的頻寬上發送的封包,如以下更詳細地論述的。為了 便於引用,配置有圖3中所圖示的組件的無線設備202在下文被稱為無線設備302a。 As discussed above, the wireless device 202 can include the AP 104 or the STA 114 and can be used to transmit and/or receive communications. FIG. 3 illustrates various components that may be used in wireless device 202 to communicate wireless communications. The components illustrated in Figure 3 may be used, for example, to carry OFDM communications. In some aspects, the components illustrated in Figure 3 are used to generate and transmit packets to be transmitted over a bandwidth of 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz or higher, as discussed in more detail below. in order to For ease of reference, the wireless device 202 configured with the components illustrated in Figure 3 is hereinafter referred to as the wireless device 302a.

無線設備302a可包括調制器302,該調制器302被配置成調制各個位元以供傳送。例如,調制器302可例如經由根據群集將諸位元映射至複數個符號來從接收自處理器204(圖2)或使用者介面222(圖2)的位元決定複數個符號。這些位元可對應於使用者資料或者控制資訊。在一些態樣,這些位元是在編碼字元中接收的。在一個態樣,調制器302包括QAM(正交振幅調制)調制器,例如,16-QAM調制器或者64-QAM調制器。在其他態樣,調制器302包括二進位移相鍵控(BPSK)調制器或者正交移相鍵控(QPSK)調制器。 The wireless device 302a can include a modulator 302 that is configured to modulate individual bits for transmission. For example, modulator 302 can determine a plurality of symbols from a bit received from processor 204 (FIG. 2) or user interface 222 (FIG. 2), for example, by mapping the bits to a plurality of symbols according to a cluster. These bits may correspond to user data or control information. In some aspects, these bits are received in coded characters. In one aspect, modulator 302 includes a QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation) modulator, such as a 16-QAM modulator or a 64-QAM modulator. In other aspects, modulator 302 includes a binary shift phase keying (BPSK) modulator or a quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) modulator.

無線設備302a可進一步包括變換組件304,該變換組件304被配置成將來自調制器302的符號或以其他方式調制的位元轉換到時域中。在圖3中,變換組件304被圖示為是經由快速傅裡葉逆變換(IFFT)組件來實現的。在一些實現中,可以有變換不同大小的資料單元的多個變換組件(未圖示)。在一些實現中,變換組件304自身可被配置成變換不同大小的資料單元。例如,變換組件304可配置有複數種模式,並且可在每種模式中使用不同的點數來轉換符號。例如,IFFT可具有其中26個點被用於將正在26個頻調(例如,次載波)上傳送的符號轉換到時域中的模式、以及其中242個點被用於將正在242個頻調上傳送的符號轉換到時域中的模式。由變換組件304使用的點數可被稱為變換組件304的大小。 The wireless device 302a can further include a transform component 304 that is configured to convert symbols or otherwise modulated bits from the modulator 302 into the time domain. In FIG. 3, transform component 304 is illustrated as being implemented via an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) component. In some implementations, there may be multiple transform components (not shown) that transform data units of different sizes. In some implementations, transform component 304 itself can be configured to transform data units of different sizes. For example, transform component 304 can be configured with a plurality of modes, and different points can be used in each mode to convert symbols. For example, an IFFT may have a pattern in which 26 points are used to convert symbols being transmitted on 26 tones (eg, subcarriers) into the time domain, and where 242 points are used to be 242 tones The symbols transmitted on are converted to patterns in the time domain. The number of points used by transform component 304 can be referred to as the size of transform component 304.

在圖3中,調制器302和變換組件304被圖示為實現在 DSP 320中。然而,在一些態樣,調制器302和變換組件304中的一者或兩者實現在處理器204中或者在無線設備302a的另一元件中(例如,參見以上參照圖2的描述)。 In Figure 3, modulator 302 and transform component 304 are illustrated as being implemented in In DSP 320. However, in some aspects, one or both of modulator 302 and transform component 304 are implemented in processor 204 or in another component of wireless device 302a (see, for example, the description above with respect to FIG. 2).

如以上所論述的,DSP 320可被配置成產生資料單元以供傳輸。在一些態樣,調制器302和變換組件304可被配置成產生包括複數個欄位的資料單元,該複數個欄位包括控制資訊和複數個資料符號。包括控制資訊的欄位可包括例如一或多個訓練欄位以及一或多個信號(SIG)欄位。這些訓練欄位中的每一個訓練欄位可包括已知的值序列或符號序列。這些SIG欄位中的每一個SIG欄位可包括關於資料單元的資訊,例如對資料單元的長度或資料率的描述。 As discussed above, the DSP 320 can be configured to generate a data unit for transmission. In some aspects, modulator 302 and transform component 304 can be configured to generate a data unit comprising a plurality of fields, the plurality of fields including control information and a plurality of data symbols. Fields including control information may include, for example, one or more training fields and one or more signal (SIG) fields. Each of these training fields may include a known sequence of values or a sequence of symbols. Each of these SIG fields may include information about the data unit, such as a description of the length or data rate of the data unit.

返回至圖3的描述,無線設備302a可進一步包括數位類比轉換器306,該數位類比轉換器306被配置成將變換組件的輸出轉換成類比信號。例如,變換組件304的時域輸出可由數位類比轉換器306轉換成基頻OFDM信號。數位類比轉換器306可實現在處理器204中或者在無線設備202的另一元件中。在一些態樣,數位類比轉換器306實現在收發機214(圖2)中或者在資料發射處理器中。 Returning to the description of FIG. 3, the wireless device 302a can further include a digital analog converter 306 that is configured to convert the output of the transform component to an analog signal. For example, the time domain output of transform component 304 can be converted to a baseband OFDM signal by digital analog converter 306. Digital analog converter 306 can be implemented in processor 204 or in another component of wireless device 202. In some aspects, digital analog converter 306 is implemented in transceiver 214 (FIG. 2) or in a data transmission processor.

類比信號可由發射器310無線地傳送。類比信號可在由發射器310傳送之前被進一步處理,例如被濾波或者被升頻轉換至中頻或載波頻率。在圖3中所圖示的態樣,發射器310包括發射放大器308。在被傳送之前,類比信號可由發射放大器308放大。在一些態樣,放大器308包括低雜訊放大器(LNA)。 The analog signal can be transmitted wirelessly by the transmitter 310. The analog signal may be further processed, such as filtered or upconverted to an intermediate frequency or carrier frequency, prior to transmission by transmitter 310. In the aspect illustrated in FIG. 3, the transmitter 310 includes a transmit amplifier 308. The analog signal may be amplified by transmit amplifier 308 before being transmitted. In some aspects, amplifier 308 includes a low noise amplifier (LNA).

發射器310被配置成基於該類比信號在無線信號中傳送一或多個封包或資料單元。這些資料單元可使用處理器204(圖2)及/或DSP 320來產生,例如使用以上所論述的調制器302和變換組件304來產生。以下關於下文所述的附圖來更詳細地描述如以上所論述的可被產生和傳送的資料單元。 Transmitter 310 is configured to transmit one or more packets or data units in the wireless signal based on the analog signal. These data units can be generated using processor 204 (FIG. 2) and/or DSP 320, for example, using modulator 302 and transform component 304 discussed above. The data elements that can be generated and transmitted as discussed above are described in more detail below with respect to the figures described below.

圖4圖示可在無線設備202中用於接收無線通訊的各種組件。圖4中所圖示的組件可以例如被用於接收OFDM通訊。在一些態樣,圖4中所圖示的組件被用於在20MHz、40MHz、80MHz或更高的頻寬上接收資料單元。例如,圖4中所圖示的組件可被用於接收由以上關於圖3所論述的組件傳送的資料單元。為了便於引用,配置有圖4中所圖示的組件的無線設備202在下文中被稱為無線設備402b。 FIG. 4 illustrates various components that may be used in wireless device 202 to receive wireless communications. The components illustrated in Figure 4 may be used, for example, to receive OFDM communications. In some aspects, the components illustrated in Figure 4 are used to receive data units at a bandwidth of 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz, or higher. For example, the components illustrated in Figure 4 can be used to receive data elements transmitted by the components discussed above with respect to Figure 3. For ease of reference, the wireless device 202 configured with the components illustrated in Figure 4 is hereinafter referred to as the wireless device 402b.

接收器412被配置成接收無線信號中的一或多個封包或資料單元。以下關於下文所述的附圖來更詳細地描述如以下所論述的可被接收和解碼或以其他方式處理的資料單元。 Receiver 412 is configured to receive one or more packets or data units in the wireless signal. The data elements that can be received and decoded or otherwise processed as discussed below are described in more detail below with respect to the figures described below.

在圖4中所圖示的態樣,接收器412包括接收放大器401。接收放大器401可被配置成放大由接收器412接收的無線信號。在一些態樣,接收器412被配置成使用自動增益控制(AGC)規程來調整接收放大器401的增益。在一些態樣,自動增益控制使用一或多個接收到的訓練欄位(諸如舉例而言,接收到的短訓練欄位(STF))中的資訊來調整增益。本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者將理解用於執行AGC的方法。在一些態樣,放大器401包括LNA。 In the aspect illustrated in FIG. 4, the receiver 412 includes a receive amplifier 401. Receive amplifier 401 can be configured to amplify the wireless signals received by receiver 412. In some aspects, the receiver 412 is configured to adjust the gain of the receive amplifier 401 using an automatic gain control (AGC) procedure. In some aspects, automatic gain control uses the information in one or more received training fields, such as, for example, the received short training field (STF), to adjust the gain. Those of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains will understand the method for performing AGC. In some aspects, amplifier 401 includes an LNA.

無線設備402b可包括類比數位轉換器410,該類比數位轉換器410被配置成將來自接收器412的經放大無線信號轉換成其數位表示。繼被放大之後,無線信號可在由數位類比轉換器410轉換之前被處理,例如經由被濾波或者被降頻轉換至中頻或基頻頻率。類比數位轉換器410可實現在處理器204(圖2)中或者在無線設備402b的另一元件中。在一些態樣,類比數位轉換器410實現在收發機214(圖2)中或者在資料接收處理器中。 The wireless device 402b can include an analog digital converter 410 that is configured to convert the amplified wireless signal from the receiver 412 into its digital representation. Following being amplified, the wireless signal can be processed before being converted by the digital analog converter 410, such as via being filtered or downconverted to an intermediate frequency or a fundamental frequency. Analog to digital converter 410 may be implemented in processor 204 (FIG. 2) or in another component of wireless device 402b. In some aspects, analog to digital converter 410 is implemented in transceiver 214 (FIG. 2) or in a data receiving processor.

無線設備402b可進一步包括變換組件404,該變換組件404被配置成將無線信號的表示轉換到頻譜中。在圖4中,變換組件404被圖示為是由快速傅裡葉變換(FFT)組件來實現的。如以上參照圖3所描述的,變換組件404可配置有複數種模式,並且可在每種模式中使用不同點數來轉換信號。例如,變換組件404可具有在其中26個點被用於將在26個頻調上接收到的信號轉換到頻譜中的模式、以及在其中242個點被用於將在242個頻調上接收到的信號轉換到頻譜中的模式。由變換組件404使用的點數可被稱為變換組件404的大小。在一些態樣,變換組件404可針對其所使用的每個點標識一符號。 The wireless device 402b can further include a transform component 404 configured to convert a representation of the wireless signal into a frequency spectrum. In FIG. 4, transform component 404 is illustrated as being implemented by a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) component. As described above with respect to FIG. 3, transform component 404 can be configured with a plurality of modes, and different numbers of points can be used in each mode to convert signals. For example, transform component 404 can have a pattern in which 26 points are used to convert signals received on the 26 tones into the frequency spectrum, and in which 242 points are used to receive on 242 tones The resulting signal is converted to a pattern in the spectrum. The number of points used by transform component 404 can be referred to as the size of transform component 404. In some aspects, transform component 404 can identify a symbol for each point it uses.

無線設備402b可進一步包括通道估計器與等化器405,該通道估計器與等化器405被配置成形成對在其上接收到資料單元的通道的估計,並且基於該通道估計來移除該通道的某些效應。例如,通道估計器與等化器405可被配置成逼近通道的函數,並且通道等化器可被配置成在頻譜中對資料應用該函數的逆函數。 The wireless device 402b can further include a channel estimator and equalizer 405 configured to form an estimate of a channel on which the data unit is received, and to remove the channel based on the channel estimate Some effects of the channel. For example, the channel estimator and equalizer 405 can be configured to approximate a function of the channel, and the channel equalizer can be configured to apply an inverse function of the function to the data in the spectrum.

在一些態樣,通道估計器與等化器405使用一或多個接收到的訓練欄位(諸如舉例而言,長訓練欄位(LTF))中的資訊來估計通道。通道估計可基於在資料單元開頭處接收到的一或多個LTF來形成。此通道估計可隨後被用於均衡跟隨於該一或多個LTF後面的資料符號。在某個時間段之後或者在某個數目的資料符號之後,可在資料單元中接收一或多個額外LTF。可使用這些額外LTF來更新通道估計或者形成新的估計。該新的或更新的通道估計可被用於均衡跟隨於這些額外LTF後面的資料符號。在一些態樣,該新的或經更新的通道估計被用於重新均衡居於這些額外LTF前面的資料符號。本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者將理解用於形成通道估計的方法。 In some aspects, the channel estimator and equalizer 405 estimates information using information from one or more received training fields, such as, for example, a Long Training Field (LTF). The channel estimate can be formed based on one or more LTFs received at the beginning of the data unit. This channel estimate can then be used to equalize the data symbols following the one or more LTFs. One or more additional LTFs may be received in the data unit after a certain period of time or after a certain number of data symbols. These additional LTFs can be used to update channel estimates or to form new estimates. This new or updated channel estimate can be used to equalize the data symbols following these extra LTFs. In some aspects, this new or updated channel estimate is used to rebalance the data symbols that precede these additional LTFs. Those of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains will understand the methods used to form channel estimates.

無線設備402b可進一步包括解調器406,該解調器406被配置成解調經均衡的資料。例如,解調器406可以例如經由在群集中倒轉位元至符號的映射來從變換組件404和通道估計器與等化器405輸出的符號決定複數個位元。這些位元可被處理器204(圖2)處理或評估,或者被用於向使用者介面222(圖2)顯示或以其他方式向其輸出資訊。以此方式,資料及/或資訊可被解碼。在一些態樣,這些位元對應於編碼字元。在一個態樣,解調器406包括QAM(正交振幅調制)解調器,例如,16-QAM解調器或者64-QAM解調器。在其他態樣,解調器406包括二進位移相鍵控(BPSK)解調器或者正交移相鍵控(QPSK)解調器。 The wireless device 402b can further include a demodulator 406 configured to demodulate the equalized data. For example, demodulator 406 can determine a plurality of bits from the symbols output by transform component 404 and channel estimator and equalizer 405, for example, by inverting a bitmap-to-symbol mapping in the cluster. These bits may be processed or evaluated by processor 204 (FIG. 2) or used to display or otherwise output information to user interface 222 (FIG. 2). In this way, data and/or information can be decoded. In some aspects, these bits correspond to coded characters. In one aspect, demodulator 406 includes a QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation) demodulator, such as a 16-QAM demodulator or a 64-QAM demodulator. In other aspects, the demodulator 406 includes a binary shift phase keying (BPSK) demodulator or a quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) demodulator.

在圖4中,變換組件404、通道估計器與等化器405 、以及解調器406被圖示為實現在DSP 420中。然而,在一些態樣,變換組件404、通道估計器與等化器405、和解調器406中的一者或多者實現在處理器204(圖2)中或者在無線設備202(圖2)的另一元件中。 In FIG. 4, transform component 404, channel estimator, and equalizer 405 And demodulator 406 is illustrated as being implemented in DSP 420. However, in some aspects, one or more of transform component 404, channel estimator and equalizer 405, and demodulator 406 are implemented in processor 204 (FIG. 2) or at wireless device 202 (FIG. 2). In another component.

如以上所論述的,在接收器212處接收的無線信號包括一或多個資料單元。經由使用以上所描述的功能或組件,資料單元或其中的資料符號可被解碼、評估、或以其他方式被評估或處理。例如,處理器204(圖2)及/或DSP 420可被用於使用變換組件404、通道估計器與等化器405、和解調器406來解碼資料單元中的資料符號。 As discussed above, the wireless signal received at the receiver 212 includes one or more data units. The data unit or the data symbols therein can be decoded, evaluated, or otherwise evaluated or processed via the use of the functions or components described above. For example, processor 204 (FIG. 2) and/or DSP 420 can be used to decode data symbols in a data unit using transform component 404, channel estimator and equalizer 405, and demodulator 406.

由AP 104和STA 114交換的資料單元可包括控制資訊或資料,如以上所論述的。在實體(PHY)層,這些資料單元可被稱為實體層協定資料單元(PPDU)。在一些態樣,PPDU可被稱為封包或實體層封包。每個PPDU可包括前序信號和有效載荷。前序信號可包括訓練欄位和SIG欄位。有效載荷可包括例如媒體存取控制(MAC)標頭或其他層的資料、及/或使用者資料。有效載荷可使用一或多個資料符號來傳送。本文中的系統、方法和設備可利用帶有峰值功率比已被最小化的訓練欄位的資料單元。 The data unit exchanged by AP 104 and STA 114 may include control information or information, as discussed above. At the physical (PHY) layer, these data elements may be referred to as physical layer protocol data units (PPDUs). In some aspects, a PPDU can be referred to as a packet or a physical layer packet. Each PPDU may include a preamble signal and a payload. The preamble signal can include a training field and a SIG field. The payload may include, for example, a Media Access Control (MAC) header or other layer of material, and/or user profiles. The payload can be transmitted using one or more data symbols. The systems, methods and apparatus herein may utilize data units with training fields where peak power ratios have been minimized.

圖3中示出的無線設備302a圖示要在天線上傳送的單條發射鏈的實例。在一些實現中,無線設備302a可實現使用多個天線來同時發射資料的MIMO系統的一部分。 The wireless device 302a shown in Figure 3 illustrates an example of a single transmit chain to be transmitted on an antenna. In some implementations, the wireless device 302a can implement a portion of a MIMO system that uses multiple antennas to simultaneously transmit data.

圖5是可在無線設備(諸如圖2的無線設備202)中實現以傳送和接收無線通訊的MIMO系統的功能方塊圖。該 MIMO系統可利用參照圖3所描述的組件中的一些或全部。要在接收器的輸出端接收的供傳輸的位元被提供給編碼器504。編碼器504可對位元串流應用前向糾錯(FEC)碼。FEC碼可包括分塊碼、迴旋碼、或類似碼等。經編碼位元被提供給交錯系統505,該交錯系統505將經編碼位元分佈到N個傳輸串流中。 5 is a functional block diagram of a MIMO system that can be implemented in a wireless device, such as wireless device 202 of FIG. 2, to transmit and receive wireless communications. The The MIMO system may utilize some or all of the components described with reference to FIG. The bit for transmission received at the output of the receiver is provided to the encoder 504. Encoder 504 can apply a Forward Error Correction (FEC) code to the bitstream. The FEC code may include a block code, a whirling code, or the like. The encoded bits are provided to an interlace system 505 that distributes the encoded bits into the N transport streams.

交錯系統505包括串流解析器506,該串流解析器506將來自編碼器504的輸入位元串流解析至N個空間串流交錯器508a、508b和508n。串流解析器506可被提供這數個空間串流並且在循環法基礎上解析諸位元。亦可以使用其他解析函數。可使用的一個解析函數是k n =N TX *k+n(亦即,具有每空間串流一個位元隨後進到下一空間串流的形式的循環法,其中k n 是輸入位元索引並且NTX是發射器/空間串流的數目)。亦可以使用另一更一般化的函數f(k,n),例如,向一空間串流發送兩個位元,隨後移至下一空間串流。每個交錯器508a、508b和508n可隨後各自分佈諸位元,以使得因衰落或其他通道狀況導致的差錯可得以恢復。下文中可將交錯器508a、508b和508n稱為交錯器508。 Interlace system 505 includes a stream parser 506 that parses the input bit stream from encoder 504 to N spatial stream interleavers 508a, 508b, and 508n. Stream parser 506 can be provided with these spatial streams and parse the bits on a round-robin basis. Other analytic functions can also be used. One analytic function that can be used is k n =N TX *k+n (that is, a round-robin method with one bit per spatial stream and then into the next spatial stream, where k n is the input bit index And N TX is the number of transmitter/space streams). Another more generalized function f(k,n) can also be used, for example, to send two bits to a spatial stream and then move to the next spatial stream. Each of the interleavers 508a, 508b, and 508n can then individually distribute the bits such that errors due to fading or other channel conditions can be recovered. Interlacers 508a, 508b, and 508n may be referred to hereinafter as interleaver 508.

每個傳輸串流可隨後被調制器502a、502b或502n調制。如以上參照圖3所描述的,可經由使用諸如QPSK(正交移相鍵控)調制、BPSK(一次映射一個位元)、16-QAMM(映射六個位元構成的組)、64-QAM及類似調制等的調制技術來調制這些位元。每個串流的經調制位元可被提供給變換組件510a、510b和510n。在一些實現中,變換組件510a、510b和 510n可執行離散時間傅裡葉逆變換(IDFT)以將經調制位元從頻域轉換到時域中。變換組件510a、510b和510n可根據如以上參照圖3所描述的不同模式來操作。例如,變換組件510a、510b和510n可被配置成根據26點模式或242點模式來操作。在一些實現中,可以使用空時塊編碼(STBC)來編碼經調制位元,並且可以在其被提供給變換組件510a、510b和510n之前執行空間映射。在已為每個空間串流將經調制位元轉換成時域信號之後,該時域信號可經由如以上參照圖3所描述的轉換器512a、512b和512n轉換成類比信號。這些信號可隨後使用發射器514a、514b和514c並且使用天線516a、516b或516n在期望頻率頻寬(例如,20MHz、40MHz、80MHz、或更高)上發射到無線的無線電空間中。 Each transport stream can then be modulated by modulator 502a, 502b or 502n. As described above with reference to FIG. 3, it is possible to use, for example, QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) modulation, BPSK (one bit at a time), 16-QAMM (a group of six bits mapped), 64-QAM Modulation techniques such as modulation and the like modulate these bits. The modulated bits of each stream can be provided to transform components 510a, 510b, and 510n. In some implementations, transform components 510a, 510b and 510n may perform an inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT) to convert the modulated bits from the frequency domain to the time domain. Transform components 510a, 510b, and 510n can operate in accordance with different modes as described above with respect to FIG. For example, transform components 510a, 510b, and 510n can be configured to operate according to a 26 point mode or a 242 point mode. In some implementations, Space Time Block Coding (STBC) can be used to encode the modulated bits, and spatial mapping can be performed before it is provided to transform components 510a, 510b, and 510n. After the modulated bits have been converted to time domain signals for each spatial stream, the time domain signals can be converted to analog signals via converters 512a, 512b, and 512n as described above with respect to FIG. These signals can then be transmitted into the wireless radio space at the desired frequency bandwidth (e.g., 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz, or higher) using the transmitters 514a, 514b, and 514c and using the antennas 516a, 516b, or 516n.

在一些實施例中,天線516a、516b和516n是相異的且空間上分開的天線。在其他實施例中,相異的信號可被組合到少於N個天線的不同極化中。此情形的實例為在多個空間串流被映射在單個天線上的情況下進行了空間旋轉或空間展布。在任何情形中,應當理解,相異的空間串流可按不同的方式來組織。例如,發射天線可承載來自一個以上空間串流的資料,或者若干個發射天線可承載來自一空間串流的資料。例如,考慮具有4個發射天線和2個空間串流的發射器的情形。在該情形中,每個空間串流可被映射到兩個發射天線上,由此兩個天線承載來自僅一個空間串流的資料。 In some embodiments, antennas 516a, 516b, and 516n are distinct and spatially separated antennas. In other embodiments, distinct signals can be combined into different polarizations of less than N antennas. An example of this scenario is spatial rotation or spatial spreading where multiple spatial streams are mapped onto a single antenna. In any case, it should be understood that distinct spatial streams can be organized in different ways. For example, a transmit antenna can carry data from more than one spatial stream, or several transmit antennas can carry data from a spatial stream. For example, consider the case of a transmitter with 4 transmit antennas and 2 spatial streams. In this case, each spatial stream can be mapped onto two transmit antennas, whereby the two antennas carry data from only one spatial stream.

圖6是可在無線設備(諸如圖2的無線設備202)中實現以接收無線通訊的實例性MIMO系統的功能方塊圖。無線設 備202b可被配置成同時接收來自圖5的天線516a、516b和516n的傳輸。無線設備202b在耦合至N個接收電路的N個天線518a、518b和518n(在合適的情況下將分開的極化算在內)處接收來自通道的信號。這些信號隨後被提供給各自可包括被配置成放大收到信號的放大器的接收器620a、620b和620n。這些信號可隨後經由轉換器622a、622b和622n轉換成數位形式。 6 is a functional block diagram of an example MIMO system that can be implemented in a wireless device, such as wireless device 202 of FIG. 2, to receive wireless communications. Wireless setting The device 202b can be configured to simultaneously receive transmissions from the antennas 516a, 516b, and 516n of FIG. The wireless device 202b receives signals from the channels at N antennas 518a, 518b, and 518n (which, where appropriate, separate polarizations) coupled to the N receiving circuits. These signals are then provided to receivers 620a, 620b and 620n, each of which may include an amplifier configured to amplify the received signal. These signals can then be converted to digital form via converters 622a, 622b, and 622n.

經轉換信號可隨後經由變換組件624a、624b和624n轉換到頻譜中。如前述,變換組件624a、624b和624n可根據各種模式按照所使用的大小和頻寬(例如,26點、242點等)來操作。經變換信號可被提供給相應的可類似於以上參照圖4所描述地起作用的通道估計器與等化器塊626a、626b和626n。在通道估計之後,輸出可被提供給MIMO偵測器628,該MIMO偵測器628可隨後將其輸出提供給可根據以上所描述的調制技術之一來解調諸位元的解調器630a、630b和630n。已解調位元可隨後被提供給解交錯器632a、632b和632n,這些解交錯器632a、632b和632n可將諸位元傳遞到串流反解析器(de-parser)634中,該串流反解析器634可將這些位元以單個位元串流的形式提供給解碼器636,該解碼器636可將這些位元解碼成合適的資料串流。 The converted signal can then be converted into the frequency spectrum via transform components 624a, 624b, and 624n. As previously described, transform components 624a, 624b, and 624n can operate in accordance with various modes in accordance with the size and bandwidth used (e.g., 26 points, 242 points, etc.). The transformed signals can be provided to respective channel estimator and equalizer blocks 626a, 626b, and 626n that can function similarly as described above with respect to FIG. After channel estimation, the output can be provided to a MIMO detector 628, which can then provide its output to a demodulator 630a that can demodulate the bits according to one of the modulation techniques described above, 630b and 630n. The demodulated bits can then be provided to deinterleaver 632a, 632b, and 632n, which can pass the bits to a stream de-parser 634, the stream The inverse parser 634 can provide these bits in the form of a single bit stream to the decoder 636, which can decode the bits into a suitable stream of data.

如前述,由AP 104和STA 114交換的資料單元可包括如以上所論述的實體(PHY)層封包或實體層協定資料單元(PPDU)形式的控制資訊或資料。 As previously mentioned, the data unit exchanged by AP 104 and STA 114 may include control information or material in the form of a physical (PHY) layer packet or a physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) as discussed above.

圖7是示出實體層封包700的前序信號702和有效載 荷710的實例性結構的方塊圖。前序信號702可包括短訓練欄位(STF)704,該STF 704包括已知值的STF序列。在一些態樣,STF可被用於封包偵測(例如,以偵測封包的開始)和粗略時間/頻率估計。STF序列可被最佳化成具有低PAPR並且包括具有特定週期性的非零頻調子集。STF 704可跨越一或多個OFDM符號。前序信號702可進一步包括長訓練欄位(LTF)706,該LTF 706可跨越一或多個OFDM符號並且可包括一或多個具有已知非零值的LTF序列。LTF可被用於通道估計、精細時間/頻率估計、和模式偵測。前序信號702可進一步如前述地包括信號欄位(SIG)708,其可包括在一個態樣用於模式偵測目的以及傳輸參數決定的數個位元或值。 FIG. 7 is a diagram showing the preamble signal 702 and the payload of the physical layer packet 700. A block diagram of an example structure of the 710. The preamble signal 702 can include a short training field (STF) 704 that includes an STF sequence of known values. In some aspects, the STF can be used for packet detection (eg, to detect the beginning of a packet) and coarse time/frequency estimates. The STF sequence can be optimized to have a low PAPR and include a non-zero tone subset with a particular periodicity. STF 704 can span one or more OFDM symbols. The preamble signal 702 can further include a long training field (LTF) 706 that can span one or more OFDM symbols and can include one or more LTF sequences with known non-zero values. LTF can be used for channel estimation, fine time/frequency estimation, and pattern detection. The preamble signal 702 can further include a signal field (SIG) 708 as previously described, which can include a number of bits or values that are used in one aspect for mode detection purposes and for transmission parameter decisions.

本文所描述的技術可用於各種寬頻無線通訊系統,包括基於正交多工方案的通訊系統。此類通訊系統的實例包括正交分頻多工存取(OFDMA)系統、單載波分頻多工存取(SC-FDMA)系統、等等。OFDMA系統利用正交分頻多工(OFDM),這是一種將整個系統頻寬分成多個正交次載波的調制技術。這些次載波亦可以被稱為頻調、頻段等。在OFDM中,每個次載波可以用資料來獨立地調制。SC-FDMA系統可以利用交錯式FDMA(IFDMA)在跨系統頻寬分佈的次載波上傳送,利用局部化FDMA(LFDMA)在毗鄰次載波的塊上傳送,或者利用增強型FDMA(EFDMA)在毗鄰次載波的多個塊上傳送。一般而言,調制符號在OFDM下是在頻域中發送的,而在SC-FDMA下是在時域中發送的。具體而言,下文描述的頻調可以是OFDM頻調。 The techniques described herein can be used in a variety of broadband wireless communication systems, including communication systems based on orthogonal multiplexing schemes. Examples of such communication systems include Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) systems, Single-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) systems, and the like. The OFDMA system utilizes orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), a modulation technique that divides the overall system bandwidth into multiple orthogonal subcarriers. These secondary carriers may also be referred to as tones, frequency bands, and the like. In OFDM, each subcarrier can be independently modulated with data. SC-FDMA systems can be transmitted over sub-carriers distributed across system bandwidth using interleaved FDMA (IFDMA), transmitted on blocks adjacent to the subcarrier using localized FDMA (LFDMA), or adjacent by using enhanced FDMA (EFDMA) Transmitted on multiple blocks of the secondary carrier. In general, modulation symbols are transmitted in the frequency domain under OFDM and in the time domain under SC-FDMA. In particular, the tone described below may be an OFDM tone.

現在將描述用於OFDMA資源配置的各種方法。圖8是圖示WLAN的通道上的資源配置的示圖800。無線設備804(例如,AP 104或STA 114)可利用OFDMA在WLAN中的通道806上與一或多個無線設備808(例如,使用者)通訊。具體而言,無線設備804可在特定頻寬(例如,P MHz)的通道806上根據下文參照圖8-20描述的一或多個資源配置來與一或多個無線設備808通訊。作為實例,P MHz可以是20MHz、40MHz、或80MHz。圖8圖示實例性資源配置810和資源配置860。在資源配置810中,通道806可被劃分成K個RU 816(例如,RU-1 816到RU-K 816)。K是大於0的整數。每個RU 816可佔據預定數目個時槽(或時段)和相應的N個頻調(次載波)。作為實例,在某些配置中,N可以為26、52、106、242、484、或996。每個RU 816可具有與另一RU 816的大小相同或不同的大小。例如,RU-1 816和RU-K 816可以為相同大小(例如,26個頻調),而RU-2 816可以為不同大小(例如,52個頻調)。 Various methods for OFDMA resource configuration will now be described. FIG. 8 is a diagram 800 illustrating resource configuration on a channel of a WLAN. Wireless device 804 (e.g., AP 104 or STA 114) may utilize OFDMA to communicate with one or more wireless devices 808 (e.g., users) on channel 806 in the WLAN. In particular, wireless device 804 can communicate with one or more wireless devices 808 on a particular bandwidth (eg, P MHz) channel 806 in accordance with one or more resource configurations described below with respect to FIGS. 8-20. As an example, P MHz can be 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz. FIG. 8 illustrates an example resource configuration 810 and a resource configuration 860. In resource configuration 810, channel 806 can be divided into K RUs 816 (eg, RU-1 816 to RU-K 816). K is an integer greater than zero. Each RU 816 can occupy a predetermined number of time slots (or time slots) and corresponding N tones (subcarriers). As an example, in some configurations, N can be 26, 52, 106, 242, 484, or 996. Each RU 816 may have the same or a different size than another RU 816. For example, RU-1 816 and RU-K 816 can be the same size (eg, 26 tones), while RU-2 816 can be of different sizes (eg, 52 tones).

此外,無線設備804可分配一或多個RU 816以用於與相應的不同無線設備808通訊。作為實例,RU-1 816到RU-3 816可被分配給第一無線設備808。RU-4 816到RU-6 816可被分配給第二無線設備808。RU-7 816到RU-K 816可被分配給第三無線設備808。在某些配置中,無線設備804可向特定無線設備808傳送圖7中所示的實體層封包700。實體層封包700的有效載荷710可攜帶被分配給無線設備804與該特定無線設備808之間的通訊且具有要傳達的資料的RU 816。另外,在使用MIMO時,單個RU 816可被分配給一或多個無線設備808。無 線設備804可在訊框(例如,控制訊框、管理訊框、或資料訊框)中向每個無線設備808傳送指示所決定的通道分配的資訊。一旦接收到該資訊,每個無線設備808就可使用獲分配的RU來與無線設備804進行資料(例如,控制資料/訊號傳遞、及/或有效載荷資料)的通訊。 In addition, wireless device 804 can allocate one or more RUs 816 for communicating with respective different wireless devices 808. As an example, RU-1 816 to RU-3 816 can be assigned to the first wireless device 808. RU-4 816 to RU-6 816 can be assigned to the second wireless device 808. RU-7 816 to RU-K 816 can be assigned to third wireless device 808. In some configurations, wireless device 804 can transmit the physical layer packet 700 shown in FIG. 7 to a particular wireless device 808. The payload 710 of the physical layer packet 700 can carry the RU 816 that is assigned to the communication between the wireless device 804 and the particular wireless device 808 and that has the material to be communicated. Additionally, a single RU 816 can be assigned to one or more wireless devices 808 when MIMO is used. no The line device 804 can transmit information indicative of the determined channel assignment to each wireless device 808 in a frame (eg, a control frame, a management frame, or a data frame). Upon receipt of the information, each wireless device 808 can use the assigned RU to communicate with the wireless device 804 for data (e.g., control data/signal delivery, and/or payload data).

如下文所述,在某些配置中,通道806可被劃分成各有26個頻調的RU。這26個頻調可包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。在某些配置中,通道806亦可被劃分成各有242個頻調的RU。這242個頻調可包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。在某些配置中,通道806可被劃分成各有484個頻調的RU。這484個頻調可包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。 As described below, in some configurations, channel 806 can be divided into RUs each having 26 tones. These 26 tones can include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. In some configurations, channel 806 can also be divided into RUs each having 242 tones. These 242 tones can include 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. In some configurations, channel 806 can be divided into RUs each having 484 tones. These 484 tones can include 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones.

此外,對於特定頻寬(例如,P MHz)的通道806,這些RU 816中的RU的大小可以是頻寬的函數。作為實例,對於20MHz,通道806可包括9個各有26個頻調的RU 816。對於40MHz,通道806可包括16-19個各有26個頻調的RU 816連同可能的5個直流(DC)頻調。對於40MHz,通道806可替換地包括2個各有242個頻調的RU 816連同可能的5個DC頻調。對於80MHz,通道806可包括32個或更多個各有26個頻調的RU 816。對於80MHz,通道806可替換地包括4個各有242個頻調的RU 816。對於80MHz,通道806亦可替換地包括2個各有484個頻調的RU 816。 Moreover, for a particular bandwidth (eg, P MHz) of channels 806, the size of the RUs in these RUs 816 can be a function of bandwidth. As an example, for 20 MHz, channel 806 can include nine RUs 816 each having 26 tones. For 40 MHz, channel 806 can include 16-19 RU 816s each having 26 tones, along with possibly five direct current (DC) tones. For 40 MHz, channel 806 can alternatively include two RUs 816 each having 242 tones, along with possibly five DC tones. For 80 MHz, channel 806 can include 32 or more RUs 816 each having 26 tones. For 80 MHz, channel 806 can alternatively include four RUs 816 each having 242 tones. For 80 MHz, channel 806 may alternatively include two RUs 816 each having 484 tones.

資源配置860示出具有不同大小的RU 832、838以及RU 834、836。RU 832/838的大小可以是頻寬的函數。RU 832/838可使用根據IEEE 802.11標準的現有參數設計(例如, 26、56、114、242、或484個頻調)。此外,在該實例中,RU 834/836的大小可以是成對的7個頻調,而無論頻寬的大小如何。成對的7個頻調可等效於14/13個頻調的大小。 Resource configuration 860 shows RUs 832, 838 and RUs 834, 836 having different sizes. The size of RU 832/838 can be a function of bandwidth. RU 832/838 can be designed using existing parameters according to the IEEE 802.11 standard (for example, 26, 56, 114, 242, or 484 tones). Moreover, in this example, the size of the RU 834/836 can be 7 pairs of tones regardless of the size of the bandwidth. The paired 7 tones can be equivalent to the size of 14/13 tones.

在一態樣,本案揭示了分配頻寬資源以建立位於頻寬的DC頻調周圍的中心RU的技術。在執行標準資源配置之後未被使用的頻調可位於中心RU中。中心RU頻調可被用於各種目的。例如,中心RU頻調可被用於下行鏈路中的控制通道。此外,中心RU頻調可由上行鏈路或下行鏈路中的第一/最末OFDMA使用者使用。 In one aspect, the present disclosure discloses techniques for allocating bandwidth resources to establish a central RU located around a DC tone of bandwidth. Tones that are not used after performing standard resource configuration may be located in the central RU. The central RU tone can be used for a variety of purposes. For example, the center RU tone can be used for the control channel in the downlink. In addition, the center RU tone can be used by the first/last OFDMA user in the uplink or downlink.

在另一態樣,對於每個頻寬,RU可以是除了中心RU之外的所有資源配置的構建塊。在某些配置中,RU可使用現有RU大小(資源細微性)參數設計(例如,26、56、114、242、或484個頻調)。中心RU可具有在封包頻寬的中心處的固定位置。中心RU可包括數個頻調(中心RU頻調)。這些中心RU頻調中的半數位於該頻寬中的DC頻調群的一端且這些中心RU頻調的另半數位於該頻寬中的該DC頻調群的另一端。具體而言,中心RU可位於DC頻調與RU的頻調之間。中心RU的大小可隨頻寬的大小按比例縮放。無線設備804可調整(位於頻寬的中心部分的)DC頻調的數目和(位於頻寬的外緣部分的)保護頻調的數目以使中心RU配合於具有已知頻調計畫的資源配置組合。如附圖中所示,保護頻調可被稱為左保護頻調和右保護頻調。然而,位於頻寬的外緣部分的保護頻調亦可被稱為上保護頻調和下保護頻調。 In another aspect, for each bandwidth, the RU can be a building block of all resource configurations except the central RU. In some configurations, the RU can be designed using existing RU size (resource granularity) parameters (eg, 26, 56, 114, 242, or 484 tones). The center RU can have a fixed position at the center of the packet bandwidth. The center RU can include several tones (central RU tones). Half of these central RU tones are located at one end of the DC tone group in the bandwidth and the other half of the center RU tones are located at the other end of the DC tone group in the bandwidth. In particular, the central RU can be located between the DC tone and the tone of the RU. The size of the center RU can be scaled by the size of the bandwidth. The wireless device 804 can adjust the number of DC tones (of the central portion of the bandwidth) and the number of guard tones (located at the outer edge portion of the bandwidth) to match the center RU to resources with known tone plans Configuration combination. As shown in the figures, the guard tone can be referred to as a left guard tone and a right guard tone. However, the guard tone at the outer edge portion of the bandwidth may also be referred to as an upper guard tone and a lower guard tone.

在另一態樣,對於每個頻寬,可存在一個固定的RU 大小。替換地,RU大小可以變動。可允許排程器為每個頻寬選擇RU大小。排程器可經由SIG欄位中的1位或2位來指示RU大小。相應地,中心RU的大小可以是頻寬大小和RU大小兩者的函數。 In another aspect, there may be one fixed RU for each bandwidth. size. Alternatively, the RU size can vary. The scheduler can be allowed to select the RU size for each bandwidth. The scheduler can indicate the RU size via 1 or 2 bits in the SIG field. Accordingly, the size of the center RU can be a function of both the bandwidth size and the RU size.

本案的技術可提供數個優點。例如,中心RU可被用作下行鏈路中的控制通道,或基於訊號傳遞由上行鏈路或下行鏈路中的第一個/最末OFDMA使用者使用。另一優點可在於可以無需向站發訊號傳遞通知中心RU分配。站可經由已經向該站發訊號傳遞通知的其他資訊來決定中心RU分配。進一步的優點在於,MAC層可以無需定位和打包小封包以填充未使用資源,並且更多資源配置類型得到支援。 The technology of this case offers several advantages. For example, the central RU can be used as a control channel in the downlink or based on signal delivery by the first/last OFDMA user in the uplink or downlink. Another advantage may be that the notification center RU assignment may not be communicated to the station. The station may determine the central RU assignment via other information that has sent a notification to the station. A further advantage is that the MAC layer can eliminate the need to locate and package small packets to fill unused resources, and more resource configuration types are supported.

在又一態樣,如上和如下所述的中心RU可由與中心RU具有相同總塊大小的兩個邊緣RU取代。這兩個邊緣RU可位於頻寬的左邊緣和右邊緣處且在保護頻調與第一RU之間。這兩個邊緣RU可一起被指派以增進分集。 In yet another aspect, the central RU as described above and below may be replaced by two edges RU having the same total block size as the central RU. The two edge RUs can be located at the left and right edges of the bandwidth and between the guard tone and the first RU. These two edge RUs can be assigned together to enhance diversity.

圖9是圖示WLAN中20MHz頻寬的通道806上的第一實例性資源配置的示圖900。在資源配置910中,可使用具有256個頻調的20MHz頻寬。在圖9中圖示的資源配置(以及圖10-20中所示的資源配置)中,頻率值從頻寬上部向頻寬下部(例如,從左保護頻調922向右保護頻調924,這將在下文描述)增大。在該實例中,該20MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的9個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-8 916和RU-9 918)。作為實例,這些RU 916中的每一者可具有26個頻調。此外,這26個頻調可包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。該20MHz頻寬可包括 在頻率低端的左保護頻調922和在頻率高端的右保護頻調924。左保護頻調922和右保護頻調924可包括預定數目的(例如,11個)保護頻調。此外,該20MHz頻寬可包括在該20MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調920。作為實例,DC頻調920的數目可被決定為11。RU-9 918可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-9A 918A和中心RU-部分-9B 918B,其中一個部分在頻率上低於DC頻調920且另一個部分在頻率上高於DC頻調920。中心RU-部分-9A 918A和中心RU-部分-9B 918B中的每一者可包括13個頻調。 9 is a diagram 900 illustrating a first example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 20 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 910, a 20 MHz bandwidth with 256 tones can be used. In the resource configuration illustrated in FIG. 9 (and the resource configuration shown in FIGS. 10-20), the frequency value is shifted from the upper portion of the bandwidth to the lower portion of the bandwidth (eg, from the left guard tone 922 to the right guard tone 924, This will be increased as described below). In this example, the 20 MHz bandwidth can include 9 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-8 916 and RU-9 918). As an example, each of these RUs 916 can have 26 tones. In addition, the 26 tones can include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. The 20MHz bandwidth can include The left guard tone 922 at the low end of the frequency and the right guard tone 924 at the high end of the frequency. Left guard tone 922 and right guard tone 924 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11) of guard tones. Additionally, the 20 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 920 at the center of the 20 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 920 can be determined to be 11. The RU-9 918 can be split into two parts, such as the center RU-part-9A 918A and the center RU-part-9B 918B, one of which is lower in frequency than the DC tone 920 and the other part is higher in frequency DC tone 920. Each of the center RU-port-9A 918A and the center RU-port-9B 918B may include 13 tones.

在資源配置960中,相比於資源配置910,中心RU-部分-9A 918A和中心RU-部分-9B 918B由邊緣RU-部分-9A 968A和邊緣RU-部分-9B 968B取代。例如,RU-9 968被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-9A 968A和邊緣RU-部分-9B 968B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調922且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調924。邊緣RU-部分-9A 968A在頻率上高於左保護頻調922,且邊緣RU-部分-9B 968B在頻率上低於右保護頻調924。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-9A/9B 968A、968B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 960, central RU-part-9A 918A and central RU-part-9B 918B are replaced by edge RU-part-9A 968A and edge RU-part-9B 968B as compared to resource configuration 910. For example, the RU-9 968 is split into edge RU-part-9A 968A and edge RU-part-9B 968B, with one portion placed adjacent to the left guard tone 922 and the other portion placed adjacent to the right guard tone 924. Edge RU-port-9A 968A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 922, and edge RU-port-9B 968B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 924. In some configurations, the edge RU-portions -9A/9B 968A, 968B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional guard tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用242頻調資源細微性參數設計(例如,234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調),或者該使用者可被分配該20MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-8 916和RU-9 918)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-8 916(例如,8個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-9A/9B 918A、918B 或邊緣RU-部分-9A/9B 968A、968B。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配4個RU 916,第二使用者可被分配4個RU 916,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-9A/9B 918A、918B或邊緣RU-部分-9A/9B 968A、968B。各種其他組合是可能的。值得注意的是,中心RU-部分-9A/9B 918A、918B或邊緣RU-部分-9A/9B 968A、968B合起來可具有26個頻調的大小,且這26個頻調可包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use 242 tone resource subtle parameter design (eg, 234 data tones and 8 pilot tone tones), or the user can be assigned all RUs of the 20 MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-8 916 and RU-9 918). For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-8 916 (eg, 8 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part-9A/9B 918A, 918B Or edge RU-part-9A/9B 968A, 968B. For three users, the first user can be assigned 4 RUs 916, the second user can be assigned 4 RUs 916, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part-9A/9B 918A, 918B or Edge RU-part-9A/9B 968A, 968B. Various other combinations are possible. It is worth noting that the central RU-parts -9A/9B 918A, 918B or the edge RU-parts -9A/9B 968A, 968B can have a combined size of 26 tones, and the 26 tones can include 24 data. Tone and 2 pilot frequency adjustments.

圖10是圖示WLAN中20MHz頻寬的通道806上的第二實例性資源配置的示圖1000。在資源配置1010中,可使用具有256個頻調的20MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該20MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的5個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-4 1016和RU-5 1018)。作為實例,RU-1到RU-4 1016中的每一者可具有56個頻調。該20MHz頻寬可包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1022和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1024。左保護頻調1022和右保護頻調1024可包括預定數目的(例如,11個)保護頻調。此外,該20MHz頻寬可包括在該20MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1020。作為實例,DC頻調1020的數目可被決定為7。RU-5 1018可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-5A 1018A和中心RU-部分-5B 1018B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調1020且另一個部分高於DC頻調1020。中心RU-部分-5A 1018A和中心RU-部分-5B 1018B中的每一者可包括7個頻調。 10 is a diagram 1000 illustrating a second example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 20 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1010, a 20 MHz bandwidth with 256 tones can be used. In this example, the 20 MHz bandwidth can include 5 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-4 1016 and RU-5 1018). As an example, each of RU-1 through RU-4 1016 may have 56 tones. The 20 MHz bandwidth may include a left guard tone 1022 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1024 at the high end of the frequency. The left guard tone 1022 and the right guard tone 1024 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11) of guard tones. Additionally, the 20 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1020 at the center of the 20 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1020 can be determined to be seven. The RU-5 1018 can be split into two parts, such as a center RU-part-5A 1018A and a center RU-part-5B 1018B, one of which is lower than the DC tone 1020 and the other is higher than the DC tone 1020. Each of the center RU-part-5A 1018A and the center RU-part-5B 1018B may include 7 tones.

在資源配置1060中,相比於資源配置1010,中心RU-部分-5A 1018A和中心RU-部分-5B 1018B由邊緣RU-部分-5A 1068A和邊緣RU-部分-5B 1068B取代。例如,RU-5 1068被拆 分成邊緣RU-部分-5A 1068A和邊緣RU-部分-5B 1068B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1022且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調1024。邊緣RU-部分-5A 1068A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1022,且邊緣RU-部分-5B 1068B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1024。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1068A、1068B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1060, central RU-part-5A 1018A and central RU-part-5B 1018B are replaced by edge RU-part-5A 1068A and edge RU-part-5B 1068B compared to resource configuration 1010. For example, RU-5 1068 was demolished Divided into edge RU-part-5A 1068A and edge RU-part-5B 1068B, one portion is placed adjacent to left guard tone 1022 and the other portion is placed adjacent to right guard tone 1024. Edge RU-port-5A 1068A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1022, and edge RU-port-5B 1068B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1024. In some configurations, the edge RU-portions-5A/5B 1068A, 1068B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional guard tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用242頻調資源細微性參數設計(例如,234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調),或者該使用者可被分配該20MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-4 1016和RU-5 1018)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-4 1016(例如,4個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-5A/5B 1018A、1018B或邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1068A、1068B。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配2個RU 1016,第二使用者可被分配2個RU 1016,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-5A/5B 1018A、1018B或邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1068A、1068B。各種其他組合是可能的。值得注意的是,中心RU-部分-5A/5B 1018A、1018B或邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1068A、1068B合起來可具有14個頻調的大小,且這14個頻調可包括12個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use 242 tone resource subtle parameter design (eg, 234 data tones and 8 pilot tone tones), or the user can be assigned all RUs of the 20 MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-4 1016 and RU-5 1018). For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-4 1016 (eg, 4 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part-5A/5B 1018A, 1018B or edge RU-part-5A/5B 1068A, 1068B. For three users, the first user can be assigned 2 RUs 1016, the second user can be assigned 2 RUs 1016, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part-5A/5B 1018A, 1018B or Edge RU-section-5A/5B 1068A, 1068B. Various other combinations are possible. It should be noted that the center RU-part-5A/5B 1018A, 1018B or edge RU-part-5A/5B 1068A, 1068B may have a size of 14 tones, and the 14 tones may include 12 data. Tone and 2 pilot frequency adjustments.

圖11是圖示WLAN中20MHz頻寬的通道806上的第三實例性資源配置的示圖1100。在資源配置1110中,可使用具有256個頻調的20MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該20MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的3個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-2 1116和 RU-3 1118)。作為實例,RU-1到RU-2 1116中的每一者可具有114個頻調。該20MHz頻寬可包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1122和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1124。左保護頻調1122和右保護頻調1124可包括預定數目的(例如,11或9個)保護頻調。此外,該20MHz頻寬可包括在該20MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1120。作為實例,DC頻調1120的數目可被決定為3或5。RU-3 1118可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-3A 1118A和中心RU-部分-3B 1118B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調1120且另一個部分高於DC頻調1120。中心RU-部分-3A 1118A和中心RU-部分-3B 1118B中的每一者可包括7個頻調。 11 is a diagram 1100 illustrating a third example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 20 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1110, a 20 MHz bandwidth with 256 tones can be used. In this example, the 20 MHz bandwidth can include 3 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-2 1116 and RU-3 1118). As an example, each of RU-1 through RU-2 1116 may have 114 tones. The 20 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1122 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1124 at the high end of the frequency. Left guard tone 1122 and right guard tone 1124 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11 or 9) of guard tones. Additionally, the 20 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1120 at the center of the 20 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1120 can be determined to be 3 or 5. RU-3 1118 can be split into two parts, such as center RU-part-3A 1118A and center RU-part-3B 1118B, with one portion being lower than DC tone 1120 and the other portion being higher than DC tone 1120. Each of the center RU-part-3A 1118A and the center RU-part-3B 1118B may include 7 tones.

在資源配置1160中,相比於資源配置1110,中心RU-部分-3A 1118A和中心RU-部分-3B 1118B由邊緣RU-部分-3A 1168A和邊緣RU-部分-3B 1168B取代。例如,RU-3 1168被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-3A 1168A和邊緣RU-部分-3B 1168B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1122且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調1124。邊緣RU-部分-3A 1168A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1122,且邊緣RU-部分-3B 1168B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1124。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 1168A、1168B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1160, central RU-part-3A 1118A and central RU-part-3B 1118B are replaced by edge RU-part-3A 1168A and edge RU-part-3B 1168B as compared to resource configuration 1110. For example, RU-3 1168 is split into edge RU-part-3A 1168A and edge RU-part-3B 1168B, with one portion placed adjacent to left guard tone 1122 and the other portion placed adjacent to right guard tone 1124. Edge RU-port-3A 1168A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1122, and edge RU-port-3B 1168B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1124. In some configurations, the edge RU-portions -3A/3B 1168A, 1168B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional guard tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用242頻調資源細微性參數設計(例如,234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調),或者該使用者可被分配該20MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-2 1116和RU-3 1118)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-2 1116(例如,2個 RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-3A/3B 1118A、1118B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 1168A、1168B。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配1個RU 1116,第二使用者可被分配1個RU 1116,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-3A/3B 1118A、1118B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 1168A、1168B。值得注意的是,中心RU-部分-3A/3B 1118A、1118B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 1168A、1168B合起來可具有14個頻調的大小,且這14個頻調可包括12個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use 242 tone resource subtle parameter design (eg, 234 data tones and 8 pilot tone tones), or the user can be assigned all RUs of the 20 MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-2 1116 and RU-3 1118). For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-2 1116 (for example, 2 RU), and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part-3A/3B 1118A, 1118B or edge RU-part-3A/3B 1168A, 1168B. For three users, the first user can be assigned 1 RU 1116, the second user can be assigned 1 RU 1116, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part-3A/3B 1118A, 1118B or Edge RU-section-3A/3B 1168A, 1168B. It should be noted that the central RU-part-3A/3B 1118A, 1118B or the edge RU-part-3A/3B 1168A, 1168B may have a size of 14 tones, and the 14 tones may include 12 data. Tone and 2 pilot frequency adjustments.

圖12是圖示WLAN中40MHz頻寬的通道806上的第一實例性資源配置的示圖1200。在資源配置1210中,可使用具有512個頻調的40MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該40MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的16-19個各有26個頻調的RU。作為實例,圖12示出19個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-18 1216和RU-19 1218)。RU-1到RU-18 1216中的每一者可具有26個頻調。此外,這26個頻調可包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。該40MHz頻寬可一起包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1222和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1224。左保護頻調1222和右保護頻調1224可包括預定數目的(例如,11個)保護頻調。此外,該40MHz頻寬可包括在該40MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1220。作為實例,DC頻調1220的數目可被決定為5(或7)。RU-19 1218可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-19A 1218A和中心RU-部分-19B 1218B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調1220且另一個部分高於DC頻調1220。中心RU-部分-19A 1218A和中心RU-部分-19B 1218B中的每一者可包括13個頻調。 12 is a diagram 1200 illustrating a first example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 40 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1210, a 40 MHz bandwidth with 512 tones can be used. In this example, the 40 MHz bandwidth can include 16-19 RUs each having 26 tones for communicating material. As an example, FIG. 12 shows 19 RUs (eg, RU-1 to RU-18 1216 and RU-19 1218). Each of RU-1 to RU-18 1216 may have 26 tones. In addition, the 26 tones can include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. The 40 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1222 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1224 at the high end of the frequency. Left guard tone 1222 and right guard tone 1224 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11) of guard tones. Additionally, the 40 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1220 at the center of the 40 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1220 can be determined to be 5 (or 7). The RU-19 1218 can be split into two parts, such as a center RU-part -19A 1218A and a center RU-part -19B 1218B, with one portion being lower than the DC tone 1220 and the other portion being above the DC tone 1220. Each of the center RU-portion 19A 1218A and the center RU-portion -19B 1218B may include 13 tones.

在資源配置1260中,相比於資源配置1210,中心RU-部分-19A 1218A和中心RU-部分-19B 1218B由邊緣RU-部分-19A 1268A和邊緣RU-部分-19B 1268B取代。例如,RU-19 1268被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-19A 1268A和邊緣RU-部分-19B 1268B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1222且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調1224。邊緣RU-部分-19A 1268A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1222,且邊緣RU-部分-19B 1268B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1224。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-19A/19B 1268A、1268B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1260, central RU-portion 19A 1218A and central RU-portion 19B 1218B are replaced by edge RU-portion 19A 1268A and edge RU-portion -19B 1268B as compared to resource configuration 1210. For example, RU-19 1268 is split into edge RU-portion 19A 1268A and edge RU-portion -19B 1268B, with one portion placed adjacent to left guard tone 1222 and the other portion placed adjacent to right guard tone 1224. Edge RU-portion -19A 1268A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1222, and edge RU-portion -19B 1268B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1224. In some configurations, the edge RU-portions -19A/19B 1268A, 1268B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional guard tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用484頻調資源細微性參數設計(例如,468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調),或者該使用者可被分配該40MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-18 1216和RU-19 1218)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-18 1216(例如,18個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-19A/19B 1218A、1218B或邊緣RU-部分-19A/19B 1268A、1268B(例如,1個RU)。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配9個RU 1216,第二使用者可被分配9個RU 1216,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-19A/19B 1218A、1218B或邊緣RU-部分-19A/19B 1268A、1268B。值得注意的是,中心RU-部分-19A/19B 1218A、1218B或邊緣RU-部分-19A/19B 1268A、1268B合起來可具有26個頻調的大小,且這26個頻調可包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use the 484 tone resource subtle parameter design (eg, 468 data tones and 16 pilot tone tones), or the user can be assigned all of the RUs of the 40 MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-18 1216 and RU-19 1218). For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-18 1216 (eg, 18 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part -19A/19B 1218A, 1218B or edge RU-portion -19A/19B 1268A, 1268B (eg, 1 RU). For three users, the first user can be assigned 9 RUs 1216, the second user can be assigned 9 RUs 1216, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part -19A/19B 1218A, 1218B or Edge RU-section -19A/19B 1268A, 1268B. It should be noted that the central RU-portion -19A/19B 1218A, 1218B or the edge RU-part -19A/19B 1268A, 1268B may have a size of 26 tones, and the 26 tones may include 24 data. Tone and 2 pilot frequency adjustments.

在另一配置中,中心RU-部分-19A/19B 1218A、1218B(或邊緣RU-部分-19A/19B 1268A、1268B)可被擴展成分別包括RU-9 1216和RU-10 1216的頻調。換言之,RU-19 1216和RU-10 1216可被移除,並且RU-19 1218可具有78個頻調。 In another configuration, the center RU-portions -19A/19B 1218A, 1218B (or edge RU-portions -19A/19B 1268A, 1268B) can be expanded to include the tone of RU-9 1216 and RU-10 1216, respectively. In other words, RU-19 1216 and RU-10 1216 can be removed, and RU-19 1218 can have 78 tones.

圖13是圖示WLAN中40MHz頻寬的通道806上的第二實例性資源配置的示圖1300。在資源配置1310中,可使用具有512個頻調的40MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該40MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的9個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-8 1316和RU-9 1318)。作為實例,RU 1316中的每一者可具有56個頻調。該40MHz頻寬可包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1322和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1324。左保護頻調1322和右保護頻調1324一起可包括預定數目的(例如,11個)保護頻調。此外,該40MHz頻寬可包括在該40MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1320。作為實例,DC頻調1320的數目可被決定為11。RU-9 1318可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-9A 1318A和中心RU-部分-9B 1318B,其中一個部分在頻率上低於DC頻調1320且另一個部分在頻率上高於DC頻調1320。中心RU-部分-9A 1318A和中心RU-部分-9B 1318B中的每一者可包括21個頻調。 13 is a diagram 1300 illustrating a second example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 40 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1310, a 40 MHz bandwidth with 512 tones can be used. In this example, the 40 MHz bandwidth can include 9 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-8 1316 and RU-9 1318). As an example, each of the RUs 1316 can have 56 tones. The 40 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1322 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1324 at the high end of the frequency. The left guard tone 1322 and the right guard tone 1324 together may include a predetermined number (eg, 11) of guard tones. Additionally, the 40 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1320 at the center of the 40 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1320 can be determined to be 11. The RU-9 1318 can be split into two parts, such as the center RU-part-9A 1318A and the center RU-part-9B 1318B, one of which is lower in frequency than the DC tone 1320 and the other part is higher in frequency. The DC tone is 1320. Each of the center RU-part-9A 1318A and the center RU-part-9B 1318B may include 21 tones.

在資源配置1360中,相比於資源配置1310,中心RU-部分-9A 1318A和中心RU-部分-9B 1318B由邊緣RU-部分-9A 1368A和邊緣RU-部分-9B 1368B取代。例如,RU-9 1368被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-9A 1368A和邊緣RU-部分-9B 1368B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1322且另一個部分放置成 毗鄰於右保護頻調1324。邊緣RU-部分-9A 1368A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1322,且邊緣RU-部分-9B 1368B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1324。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-9A/9B 1368A、1368B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1360, central RU-part-9A 1318A and central RU-part-9B 1318B are replaced by edge RU-part-9A 1368A and edge RU-part-9B 1368B as compared to resource configuration 1310. For example, RU-9 1368 is split into edge RU-part-9A 1368A and edge RU-part-9B 1368B, with one portion placed adjacent to left guard tone 1322 and the other portion placed Adjacent to the right protection tone 1324. Edge RU-port-9A 1368A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1322, and edge RU-port-9B 1368B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1324. In some configurations, the edges RU-9A/9B 1368A, 1368B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional protection tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用484頻調資源細微性參數設計(例如,468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調),或者該使用者可被分配該40MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-8 1316和RU-9 1318)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-8 1316(例如,8個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-9A/9B 1318A、1318B或邊緣RU-9A/9B 1368A、1368B。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配4個RU 1316,第二使用者可被分配4個RU 1316,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-9A/9B 1318A、1318B或邊緣RU-9A/9B 1368A、1368B。各種其他組合是可能的。值得注意的是,具有42個頻調的大小的RU-9 1318可等效於三個14頻調分配。每個14頻調分配可包括12個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use the 484 tone resource subtle parameter design (eg, 468 data tones and 16 pilot tone tones), or the user can be assigned all of the RUs of the 40 MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-8 1316 and RU-9 1318). For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-8 1316 (eg, 8 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a center RU-9A/9B 1318A, 1318B or edge RU- 9A/9B 1368A, 1368B. For three users, the first user can be assigned 4 RUs 1316, the second user can be assigned 4 RUs 1316, and the third user can be assigned a center RU-9A/9B 1318A, 1318B or edge RU -9A/9B 1368A, 1368B. Various other combinations are possible. It is worth noting that a RU-9 1318 having a size of 42 tones can be equivalent to three 14 tone allocations. Each 14 tone allocation can include 12 data tones and 2 pilot tones.

圖14是圖示WLAN中40MHz頻寬的通道806上的第三實例性資源配置的示圖1400。在資源配置1410中,可使用具有512個頻調的40MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該40MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的5個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-4 1416和RU-5 1418)。作為實例,RU-1到RU-4 1416中的每一者可具有114個頻調。該40MHz頻寬可包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1422和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1424。左保護頻調1422和右 保護頻調1424可包括預定數目的(例如,11或9個)保護頻調。此外,該40MHz頻寬可包括在該40MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1420。作為實例,DC頻調1420的數目可被決定為3或5。RU-5 1418可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-5A 1418A和中心RU-部分-5B 1418B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調1420且另一個部分高於DC頻調1420。中心RU-部分-5A 1418A和中心RU-部分-5B 1418B中的每一者可包括21個頻調。 14 is a diagram 1400 illustrating a third example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 40 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1410, a 40 MHz bandwidth with 512 tones can be used. In this example, the 40 MHz bandwidth can include 5 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-4 1416 and RU-5 1418). As an example, each of RU-1 through RU-4 1416 may have 114 tones. The 40 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1422 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1424 at the high end of the frequency. Left protection tone 1422 and right The guard tone 1424 can include a predetermined number (eg, 11 or 9) of guard tones. Additionally, the 40 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1420 at the center of the 40 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1420 can be determined to be 3 or 5. The RU-5 1418 can be split into two parts, such as a center RU-part-5A 1418A and a center RU-part-5B 1418B, one of which is lower than the DC tone 1420 and the other is higher than the DC tone 1420. Each of the center RU-part-5A 1418A and the center RU-part-5B 1418B may include 21 tones.

在資源配置1460中,相比於資源配置1410,中心RU-部分-5A 1418A和中心RU-部分-5B 1418B由邊緣RU-部分-5A 1468A和邊緣RU-部分-5B 1468B取代。例如,RU-5 1468被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-5A 1468A和邊緣RU-部分-5B 1468B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1422且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調1424。邊緣RU-部分-5A 1468A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1422,且邊緣RU-部分-5B 1468B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1424。 In resource configuration 1460, central RU-part-5A 1418A and central RU-part-5B 1418B are replaced by edge RU-part-5A 1468A and edge RU-part-5B 1468B as compared to resource configuration 1410. For example, RU-5 1468 is split into edge RU-part-5A 1468A and edge RU-part-5B 1468B, with one portion placed adjacent to left guard tone 1422 and the other portion placed adjacent to right guard tone 1424. Edge RU-port-5A 1468A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1422, and edge RU-port-5B 1468B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1424.

在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1468A、1468B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In some configurations, the edge RU-portions -5A/5B 1468A, 1468B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional protection tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用484頻調資源細微性參數設計(例如,468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調),或者該使用者可被分配該40MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-4 1416和RU-5 1418)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-4 1416(例如,4個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-5A/5B 1418A、1418B或邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1468A、1468B(例如,1個RU) 。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配2個RU 1416,第二使用者可被分配2個RU 1416,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-5A/5B 1418A、1418B或邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1468A、1468B。各種其他組合是可能的。值得注意的是,具有42個頻調的大小的RU-5 1418可等效於三個14頻調分配。每個14頻調分配可包括12個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use the 484 tone resource subtle parameter design (eg, 468 data tones and 16 pilot tone tones), or the user can be assigned all of the RUs of the 40 MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-4 1416 and RU-5 1418). For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-4 1416 (eg, 4 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part-5A/5B 1418A, 1418B or edge RU-part-5A/5B 1468A, 1468B (for example, 1 RU) . For three users, the first user can be assigned 2 RUs 1416, the second user can be assigned 2 RUs 1416, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part-5A/5B 1418A, 1418B or Edge RU-section-5A/5B 1468A, 1468B. Various other combinations are possible. It is worth noting that a RU-5 1418 having a size of 42 tones can be equivalent to three 14 tone allocations. Each 14 tone allocation can include 12 data tones and 2 pilot tones.

圖15是圖示WLAN中40MHz頻寬的通道806上的第四實例性資源配置的示圖1500。在資源配置1510中,可使用具有512個頻調的40MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該40MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的3個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-2 1516和RU-3 1518)。作為實例,RU-1到RU-2 1516中的每一者可具有242個頻調。此外,這242個頻調可包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。該40MHz頻寬可包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1522和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1524。左保護頻調1522和右保護頻調1524可包括預定數目的(例如,11或9個)保護頻調。此外,該40MHz頻寬可包括在該40MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1520。作為實例,DC頻調1520的數目可被決定為3、5或更多。RU-3 1518可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-3A 1518A和中心RU-部分-3B 1518B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調1520且另一個部分高於DC頻調1520。中心RU-部分-3A 1518A和中心RU-部分-3B 1518B中的每一者可包括7個頻調。 15 is a diagram 1500 illustrating a fourth example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 40 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1510, a 40 MHz bandwidth with 512 tones can be used. In this example, the 40 MHz bandwidth can include 3 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-2 1516 and RU-3 1518). As an example, each of RU-1 through RU-2 1516 may have 242 tones. In addition, the 242 tones can include 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. The 40 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1522 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1524 at the high end of the frequency. Left guard tone 1522 and right guard tone 1524 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11 or 9) of guard tones. Additionally, the 40 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1520 at the center of the 40 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1520 can be determined to be 3, 5 or more. The RU-3 1518 can be split into two parts, such as a center RU-part-3A 1518A and a center RU-part-3B 1518B, one of which is lower than the DC tone 1520 and the other is higher than the DC tone 1520. Each of the center RU-part-3A 1518A and the center RU-part-3B 1518B may include 7 tones.

在資源配置1560中,相比於資源配置1510,中心RU-部分-3A 1518A和中心RU-部分-3B 1518B由邊緣RU-部分-3A 1568A和邊緣RU-部分-3B 1568B取代。例如,RU-3 1568被拆 分成邊緣RU-部分-3A 1568A和邊緣RU-部分-3B 1568B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1522且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調1524。邊緣RU-部分-3A 1568A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1522,且邊緣RU-部分-3B 1568B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1524。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 1568A、1568B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1560, central RU-part-3A 1518A and central RU-part-3B 1518B are replaced by edge RU-part-3A 1568A and edge RU-part-3B 1568B as compared to resource configuration 1510. For example, RU-3 1568 was demolished Divided into edge RU-portion-3A 1568A and edge RU-portion-3B 1568B, one portion is placed adjacent to left guard tone 1522 and the other portion is placed adjacent to right guard tone 1524. Edge RU-port-3A 1568A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1522, and edge RU-port-3B 1568B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1524. In some configurations, the edge RU-portions-3A/3B 1568A, 1568B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional protection tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用484頻調資源細微性參數設計(例如,468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調),或者該使用者可被分配該40MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-2 1516和RU-3 1518)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-2 1516(例如,2個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-3A/3B 1518A、1518B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 1568A、1568B(例如,1個RU)。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配1個RU 1516,第二使用者可被分配1個RU 1516,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-3A/3B 1518A、1518B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 1568A、1568B。值得注意的是,中心RU-部分-3A/3B 1518A、1518B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 1568A、1568B合起來可具有14個頻調的大小,且這14個頻調可包括12個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use the 484 tone resource subtle parameter design (eg, 468 data tones and 16 pilot tone tones), or the user can be assigned all of the RUs of the 40 MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-2 1516 and RU-3 1518). For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-2 1516 (eg 2 RUs) and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part-3A/3B 1518A, 1518B or edge RU-part-3A/3B 1568A, 1568B (eg, 1 RU). For three users, the first user can be assigned 1 RU 1516, the second user can be assigned 1 RU 1516, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part-3A/3B 1518A, 1518B or Edge RU-part-3A/3B 1568A, 1568B. It should be noted that the central RU-part-3A/3B 1518A, 1518B or the edge RU-part-3A/3B 1568A, 1568B may have a size of 14 tones, and the 14 tones may include 12 data. Tone and 2 pilot frequency adjustments.

圖16是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道806上的第一示例性資源配置的示圖1600。在資源配置1610中,可使用具有1024個頻調的80MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該80MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的32個或更多個26頻調RU。作為實例, 圖16示出33個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-32 1616和RU-33 1618)。RU-1到RU-32 1616中的每一者可具有26個頻調。此外,這26個頻調可包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。該80MHz頻寬可一起包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1622和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1624。左保護頻調1622和右保護頻調1624可包括預定數目的(例如,11個)保護頻調。此外,該80MHz頻寬可包括在該80MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1620。作為實例,DC頻調1620的數目可被決定為11。RU-33 1618可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-33A 1618A和中心RU-部分-33B 1618B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調1620且另一個部分高於DC頻調1620。中心RU-部分-33A 1618A和中心RU-部分-33B 1618B中的每一者可包括85個頻調。 16 is a diagram 1600 illustrating a first exemplary resource configuration on a channel 806 of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1610, an 80 MHz bandwidth with 1024 tones can be used. In this example, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include 32 or more 26 tone RUs for communicating material. As an example, Figure 16 shows 33 RUs (e.g., RU-1 to RU-32 1616 and RU-33 1618). Each of RU-1 to RU-32 1616 may have 26 tones. In addition, the 26 tones can include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. The 80 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1622 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1624 at the high end of the frequency. Left guard tone 1622 and right guard tone 1624 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11) of guard tones. Additionally, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1620 at the center of the 80 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1620 can be determined to be 11. RU-33 1618 can be split into two parts, such as center RU-part-33A 1618A and center RU-part-33B 1618B, with one portion being lower than DC tone 1620 and the other portion being higher than DC tone 1620. Each of the center RU-part-33A 1618A and the center RU-part-33B 1618B may include 85 tones.

在資源配置1660中,相比於資源配置1610,中心RU-部分-33A 1618A和中心RU-部分-33B 1618B由邊緣RU-部分-33A 1668A和邊緣RU-部分-33B 1668B取代。例如,RU-33 1668被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-33A 1668A和邊緣RU-部分-33B 1668B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1622且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調1624。邊緣RU-部分-33A 1668A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1622,且邊緣RU-部分-33B 1668B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1624。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-33A/33B 1668A、1668B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1660, central RU-part-33A 1618A and central RU-part-33B 1618B are replaced by edge RU-part-33A 1668A and edge RU-part-33B 1668B as compared to resource configuration 1610. For example, RU-33 1668 is split into edge RU-part-33A 1668A and edge RU-part-33B 1668B, with one portion placed adjacent to left guard tone 1622 and the other portion placed adjacent to right-protected tone 1624. The edge RU-portion-33A 1668A is higher in frequency than the left guard tone 1622, and the edge RU-portion-33B 1668B is lower in frequency than the right guard tone 1624. In some configurations, the edge RU-portions - 33A/33B 1668A, 1668B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional guard tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用1024頻調資源細微性參數設計,或者該使用者可被 分配該80MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-32 1616和RU-33 1618)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-32 1616(例如,32個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-33A/B 1618A、1618B或邊緣RU-部分-33A/33B 1668A、1668B(例如,1個RU)。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配16個RU 1616,第二使用者可被分配16個RU 1616,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-33A/B 1618A、1618B或邊緣RU-部分-33A/33B 1668A、1668B。值得注意的是,合起來具有170個頻調的大小的中心RU-部分-33A/B 1618A、1618B或邊緣RU-部分-33A/33B 1668A、1668B可等效於一個114頻調分配和一個56頻調分配。114頻調分配可包括108個資料頻調和6個引導頻頻調。56頻調分配可包括52個資料頻調和4個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use the 1024 tone resource subtle parameter design, or the user can be All RUs of the 80 MHz bandwidth are allocated (eg, RU-1 to RU-32 1616 and RU-33 1618). For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-32 1616 (eg, 32 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part-33A/B 1618A, 1618B or edge RU-portion-33A/33B 1668A, 1668B (eg, 1 RU). For three users, the first user can be assigned 16 RUs 1616, the second user can be assigned 16 RUs 1616, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part-33A/B 1618A, 1618B or Edge RU-section - 33A/33B 1668A, 1668B. It is worth noting that the central RU-portion-33A/B 1618A, 1618B or edge RU-part-33A/33B 1668A, 1668B, which together have a size of 170 tones, can be equivalent to a 114 tone allocation and a 56. Frequency allocation. The 114 tone allocation can include 108 data tones and 6 pilot tones. The 56 tone allocation can include 52 data tones and 4 pilot tones.

圖17是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道806上的第二實例性資源配置的示圖1700。在資源配置1710中,可使用具有1024個頻調的80MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該80MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的16個或更多個56頻調RU。作為實例,圖17示出17個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-16 1716和RU-17 1718)。RU-1到RU-16 1716中的每一者可具有56個頻調。此外,這56個頻調可包括52個資料頻調和4個引導頻頻調。該80MHz頻寬可一起包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1722和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1724。左保護頻調1722和右保護頻調1724可包括預定數目的(例如,11個)保護頻調。此外,該80MHz頻寬可包括在該80MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1720。作為實例 ,DC頻調1720的數目可被決定為5。RU-17 1718可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-17A 1718A和中心RU-部分-17B 1718B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調1720且另一個部分高於DC頻調1720。中心RU-部分-17A 1718A和中心RU-部分-17B 1718B中的每一者可包括56個頻調。 17 is a diagram 1700 illustrating a second example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1710, an 80 MHz bandwidth with 1024 tones can be used. In this example, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include 16 or more 56 tone RUs for communicating material. As an example, Figure 17 shows 17 RUs (e.g., RU-1 to RU-16 1716 and RU-17 1718). Each of RU-1 to RU-16 1716 may have 56 tones. In addition, the 56 tones can include 52 data tones and 4 pilot tones. The 80 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1722 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1724 at the high end of the frequency. Left guard tone 1722 and right guard tone 1724 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11) of guard tones. Additionally, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1720 at the center of the 80 MHz bandwidth. As an example The number of DC tones 1720 can be determined to be five. The RU-17 1718 can be split into two parts, such as a center RU-part-17A 1718A and a center RU-part-17B 1718B, one of which is lower than the DC tone 1720 and the other is higher than the DC tone 1720. Each of the center RU-part-17A 1718A and the center RU-part-17B 1718B may include 56 tones.

在資源配置1760中,相比於資源配置1710,中心RU-部分-17A 1718A和中心RU-部分-17B 1718B由邊緣RU-部分-17A 1768A和邊緣RU-部分-17B 1768B取代。例如,RU-17 1768被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-17A 1768A和邊緣RU-部分-17B 1768B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1722且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調1724。邊緣RU-部分-17A 1768A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1722,且邊緣RU-部分-17B 1768B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1724。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-17A/17B 1768A、1768B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1760, central RU-part-17A 1718A and central RU-part-17B 1718B are replaced by edge RU-part-17A 1768A and edge RU-part-17B 1768B as compared to resource configuration 1710. For example, RU-17 1768 is split into edge RU-part -17A 1768A and edge RU-part -17B 1768B, with one portion placed adjacent to left guard tone 1722 and the other portion placed adjacent to right guard tone 1724. Edge RU-port -17A 1768A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1722, and edge RU-port -17B 1768B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1724. In some configurations, the edge RU-portions -17A/17B 1768A, 1768B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional guard tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用1024頻調資源細微性參數設計,或者該使用者可被分配該80MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-16 1716和RU-17 1718)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-16 1716(例如,16個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-17A/17B 1718A、1718B或邊緣RU-部分-17A/17B 1768A、1768B(例如,1個RU)。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配8個RU 1716,第二使用者可被分配8個RU 1716,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-17A/17B 1718A、1718B 或邊緣RU-部分-17A/17B 1768A、1768B。值得注意的是,合起來具有112個頻調的大小的中心RU-部分-17A/17B 1718A、1718B或邊緣RU-部分-17A/17B 1768A、1768B可等效於兩個56頻調分配。56頻調分配可包括52個資料頻調和4個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use 1024 tone resource granularity design, or the user can be assigned all RUs of the 80MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-16 1716 and RU-17 1718) . For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-16 1716 (eg, 16 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part -17A/17B 1718A, 1718B or edge RU-section -17A/17B 1768A, 1768B (eg, 1 RU). For three users, the first user can be assigned 8 RUs 1716, the second user can be assigned 8 RUs 1716, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part -17A/17B 1718A, 1718B Or edge RU-section -17A/17B 1768A, 1768B. It is worth noting that the central RU-portions -17A/17B 1718A, 1718B or edge RU-portions -17A/17B 1768A, 1768B, which together have a size of 112 tones, may be equivalent to two 56 tone allocations. The 56 tone allocation can include 52 data tones and 4 pilot tones.

圖18是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道806上的第三實例性資源配置的示圖1800。在資源配置1810中,可使用具有1024個頻調的80MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該80MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的9個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-8 1816和RU-9 1818)。作為實例,RU 1816中的每一者可具有114個頻調。該80MHz頻寬可包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1822和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1824。左保護頻調1822和右保護頻調1824一起可包括預定數目的(例如,11個)保護頻調。此外,該80MHz頻寬可包括在該80MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1820。作為實例,DC頻調1820的數目可被決定為5。RU-9 1818可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-9A 1818A和中心RU-部分-9B 1818B,其中一個部分在頻率上低於DC頻調1820且另一個部分在頻率上高於DC頻調1820。中心RU-部分-9A 1818A和中心RU-部分-9B 1818B中的每一者可包括48個頻調。 18 is a diagram 1800 illustrating a third example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1810, an 80 MHz bandwidth with 1024 tones can be used. In this example, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include 9 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-8 1816 and RU-9 1818). As an example, each of the RUs 1816 can have 114 tones. The 80 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1822 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1824 at the high end of the frequency. The left guard tone 1822 and the right guard tone 1824 together may include a predetermined number (eg, 11) of guard tones. Additionally, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1820 at the center of the 80 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1820 can be determined to be five. The RU-9 1818 can be split into two parts, such as the center RU-part-9A 1818A and the center RU-part-9B 1818B, one of which is lower in frequency than the DC tone 1820 and the other part is higher in frequency. The DC tone is 1820. Each of the center RU-port-9A 1818A and the center RU-port-9B 1818B may include 48 tones.

在資源配置1860中,相比於資源配置1810,中心RU-部分-9A 1818A和中心RU-部分-9B 1818B由邊緣RU-部分-9A 1868A和邊緣RU-部分-9B 1868B取代。例如,RU-9 1868被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-9A 1868A和邊緣RU-部分-9B 1868B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1822且另一個部分放置成 毗鄰於右保護頻調1824。邊緣RU-部分-9A 1868A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1822,且邊緣RU-部分-9B 1868B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1824。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-9A/9B 1868A、1868B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1860, central RU-part-9A 1818A and central RU-part-9B 1818B are replaced by edge RU-part-9A 1868A and edge RU-part-9B 1868B as compared to resource configuration 1810. For example, RU-9 1868 is split into edge RU-part-9A 1868A and edge RU-part-9B 1868B, with one portion placed adjacent to left guard tone 1822 and the other portion placed Adjacent to the right protection tone 1824. Edge RU-port-9A 1868A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1822, and edge RU-port-9B 1868B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1824. In some configurations, the edges RU-9A/9B 1868A, 1868B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional protection tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用1024頻調資源細微性參數設計,或者該使用者可被分配該80MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-8 1816和RU-9 1818)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-8 1816(例如,8個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-9A/9B 1818A、1818B或邊緣RU-9A/9B 1868A、1868B(例如,1個RU)。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配4個RU 1816,第二使用者可被分配4個RU 1816,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-9A/9B 1818A、1818B或邊緣RU-9A/9B 1868A、1868B。各種其他組合是可能的。值得注意的是,具有96個頻調的大小的RU-9 1818可等效於一個56頻調分配、一個26頻調分配、和一個14頻調分配。56頻調分配可包括52個資料頻調和4個引導頻頻調。26頻調分配可包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。14頻調分配可包括12個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use the 1024 tone resource granularity design, or the user can be assigned all RUs of the 80MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-8 1816 and RU-9 1818) . For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-8 1816 (eg, 8 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a center RU-9A/9B 1818A, 1818B or edge RU- 9A/9B 1868A, 1868B (eg, 1 RU). For three users, the first user can be assigned 4 RUs 1816, the second user can be assigned 4 RUs 1816, and the third user can be assigned a center RU-9A/9B 1818A, 1818B or edge RU -9A/9B 1868A, 1868B. Various other combinations are possible. It is worth noting that a RU-9 1818 having a size of 96 tones can be equivalent to a 56 tone allocation, a 26 tone allocation, and a 14 tone allocation. The 56 tone allocation can include 52 data tones and 4 pilot tones. The 26 tone allocation can include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. The 14 tone allocation can include 12 data tones and 2 pilot tones.

圖19是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道806上的第四實例性資源配置的示圖1900。在資源配置1910中,可使用具有1024個頻調的80MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該80MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的5個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-4 1916和RU-5 1918)。作為實例,RU-1到RU-4 1916中的每一者可具有242個頻調。此外,這242個頻調可包括234個資料頻調和8個 引導頻頻調。該80MHz頻寬可包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調1922和在頻率高端的右保護頻調1924。左保護頻調1922和右保護頻調1924可包括預定數目的(例如,11或9個)保護頻調。此外,該80MHz頻寬可包括在該80MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調1920。作為實例,DC頻調1920的數目可被決定為3或5。RU-5 1918可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-5A 1918A和中心RU-部分-5B 1918B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調1920且另一個部分高於DC頻調1920。中心RU-部分-5A 1918A和中心RU-部分-5B 1918B中的每一者可包括21個頻調。 19 is a diagram 1900 illustrating a fourth example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 1910, an 80 MHz bandwidth with 1024 tones can be used. In this example, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include 5 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-4 1916 and RU-5 1918). As an example, each of RU-1 through RU-4 1916 may have 242 tones. In addition, these 242 tones can include 234 data tones and 8 Guide the frequency adjustment. The 80 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 1922 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 1924 at the high end of the frequency. Left guard tone 1922 and right guard tone 1924 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11 or 9) of guard tones. Additionally, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 1920 at the center of the 80 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 1920 can be determined to be 3 or 5. The RU-5 1918 can be split into two parts, such as a center RU-part-5A 1918A and a center RU-part-5B 1918B, one of which is below the DC tone 1920 and the other is above the DC tone 1920. Each of the center RU-part-5A 1918A and the center RU-part-5B 1918B may include 21 tones.

在資源配置1960中,相比於資源配置1910,中心RU-部分-5A 1918A和中心RU-部分-5B 1918B由邊緣RU-部分-5A 1968A和邊緣RU-部分-5B 1968B取代。例如,RU-5 1968被拆分成邊緣RU-部分-5A 1968A和邊緣RU-部分-5B 1968B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調1922且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調1924。邊緣RU-部分-5A 1968A在頻率上高於左保護頻調1922,且邊緣RU-部分-5B 1968B在頻率上低於右保護頻調1924。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1968A、1968B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 1960, central RU-part-5A 1918A and central RU-part-5B 1918B are replaced by edge RU-part-5A 1968A and edge RU-part-5B 1968B as compared to resource configuration 1910. For example, RU-5 1968 is split into edge RU-part-5A 1968A and edge RU-part-5B 1968B, with one portion placed adjacent to the left guard tone 1922 and the other portion placed adjacent to the right guard tone 1924. Edge RU-port-5A 1968A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 1922, and edge RU-port-5B 1968B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 1924. In some configurations, the edge RU-portions-5A/5B 1968A, 1968B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional protection tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用1024頻調資源細微性參數設計,或者該使用者可被分配該80MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-4 1916和RU-5 1918)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-4 1916(例如,4個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-5A/5B 1918A、1918B或邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1968A、1968B (例如,1個RU)。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配2個RU 1916,第二使用者可被分配2個RU 1916,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-5A/5B 1918A、1918B或邊緣RU-部分-5A/5B 1968A、1968B。各種其他組合是可能的。值得注意的是,具有42個頻調的大小的RU-5 1918可等效於三個14頻調分配。每個14頻調分配可包括12個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can use the 1024 tone resource granularity design, or the user can be assigned all RUs of the 80MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-4 1916 and RU-5 1918) . For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-4 1916 (eg, 4 RUs), and the second user can be assigned a center RU-part-5A/5B 1918A, 1918B or edge RU-part-5A/5B 1968A, 1968B (for example, 1 RU). For three users, the first user can be assigned 2 RUs 1916, the second user can be assigned 2 RUs 1916, and the third user can be assigned a central RU-part-5A/5B 1918A, 1918B or Edge RU-part-5A/5B 1968A, 1968B. Various other combinations are possible. It is worth noting that a RU-5 1918 having a size of 42 tones can be equivalent to three 14 tone allocations. Each 14 tone allocation can include 12 data tones and 2 pilot tones.

圖20是圖示WLAN中80MHz頻寬的通道806上的第五實例性資源配置的示圖2000。在資源配置2010中,可使用具有1024個頻調的80MHz頻寬。在該實例中,該80MHz頻寬可包括用於傳達資料的3個RU(例如,RU-1到RU-2 2016和RU-3 2018)。作為實例,RU-1到RU-2 2016中的每一者可具有484個頻調。此外,這484個頻調可包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。該80MHz頻寬可包括在頻率低端的左保護頻調2022和在頻率高端的右保護頻調2024。左保護頻調2022和右保護頻調2024可包括預定數目的(例如,11或9個)保護頻調。此外,該80MHz頻寬可包括在該80MHz頻寬中心的數個DC頻調2020。作為實例,DC頻調2020的數目可被決定為3或5。RU-3 2018可被拆分成兩部分,例如中心RU-部分-3A 2018A和中心RU-部分-3B 2018B,其中一個部分低於DC頻調2020且另一個部分高於DC頻調2020。中心RU-部分-3A 2018A和中心RU-部分-3B 2018B中的每一者可包括21個頻調或13個頻調。 20 is a diagram 2000 illustrating a fifth example resource configuration on a channel 806 of 80 MHz bandwidth in a WLAN. In resource configuration 2010, an 80 MHz bandwidth with 1024 tones can be used. In this example, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include 3 RUs for communicating material (eg, RU-1 to RU-2 2016 and RU-3 2018). As an example, each of RU-1 through RU-2 2016 may have 484 tones. In addition, the 484 tones can include 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones. The 80 MHz bandwidth can include a left guard tone 2022 at the low end of the frequency and a right guard tone 2024 at the high end of the frequency. Left guard tone 2022 and right guard tone 2024 may include a predetermined number (eg, 11 or 9) of guard tones. Additionally, the 80 MHz bandwidth can include a number of DC tones 2020 at the center of the 80 MHz bandwidth. As an example, the number of DC tones 2020 can be determined to be 3 or 5. RU-3 2018 can be split into two parts, such as center RU-part-3A 2018A and center RU-part-3B 2018B, with one portion being lower than DC tone 2020 and the other portion being higher than DC tone 2020. Each of the center RU-part-3A 2018A and the center RU-part-3B 2018B may include 21 tones or 13 tones.

在資源配置2060中,相比於資源配置2010,中心RU-部分-3A 2018A和中心RU-部分-3B 2018B由邊緣RU-部分-3A 2068A和邊緣RU-部分-3B 2068B取代。例如,RU-3 2068被拆 分成邊緣RU-部分-3A 2068A和邊緣RU-部分-3B 2068B,其中一個部分放置成毗鄰於左保護頻調2022且另一個部分放置成毗鄰於右保護頻調2024。邊緣RU-部分-3A 2068A在頻率上高於左保護頻調2022,且邊緣RU-部分-3B 2068B在頻率上低於右保護頻調2024。在某些配置中,邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 2068A、2068B可不被用於傳達資料而是可被用作額外保護頻調。 In resource configuration 2060, central RU-part-3A 2018A and central RU-part-3B 2018B are replaced by edge RU-part-3A 2068A and edge RU-part-3B 2068B compared to resource configuration 2010. For example, RU-3 2068 was demolished Divided into edge RU-part-3A 2068A and edge RU-part-3B 2068B, one portion is placed adjacent to left guard tone 2022 and the other portion is placed adjacent to right guard tone 2024. Edge RU-port-3A 2068A is higher in frequency than left guard tone 2022, and edge RU-port-3B 2068B is lower in frequency than right guard tone 2024. In some configurations, edge RU-portions-3A/3B 2068A, 2068B may not be used to convey material but may be used as an additional guard tone.

實例資源配置可以如下。對於一個使用者,該使用者可使用1024頻調資源細微性參數設計,或者該使用者可被分配該80MHz頻寬的所有RU(例如,RU-1到RU-2 2016和RU-3 2018)。對於兩個使用者,第一使用者可被分配RU-1到RU-2 2016(例如,2個RU),且第二使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-3A/3B 2018A、2018B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 2068A、2068B(例如,1個RU)。對於三個使用者,第一使用者可被分配1個RU 2016,第二使用者可被分配1個RU 2016,且第三使用者可被分配中心RU-部分-3A/3B 2018A、2018B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 2068A、2068B。值得注意的是,在某些配置中,中心RU-部分-3A/3B 2018A、2018B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 2068A、2068B合起來可具有42個頻調的大小,其可等效於三個14頻調分配。14頻調分配可包括12個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。在某些配置中,中心RU-部分-3A/3B 2018A、2018B或邊緣RU-部分-3A/3B 2068A、2068B合起來可具有26個頻調的大小,且這26個頻調可包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The instance resource configuration can be as follows. For a user, the user can design with 1024 tone resource granularity parameters, or the user can be assigned all RUs of the 80MHz bandwidth (eg, RU-1 to RU-2 2016 and RU-3 2018) . For two users, the first user can be assigned RU-1 to RU-2 2016 (eg 2 RUs) and the second user can be assigned a central RU-part-3A/3B 2018A, 2018B or edge RU-part-3A/3B 2068A, 2068B (eg, 1 RU). For three users, the first user can be assigned 1 RU 2016, the second user can be assigned 1 RU 2016, and the third user can be assigned the center RU-part-3A/3B 2018A, 2018B or Edge RU-section-3A/3B 2068A, 2068B. It is worth noting that in some configurations, the central RU-portion-3A/3B 2018A, 2018B or edge RU-section-3A/3B 2068A, 2068B may together have a size of 42 tones, which may be equivalent to Three 14 tone assignments. The 14 tone allocation can include 12 data tones and 2 pilot tones. In some configurations, the central RU-portion-3A/3B 2018A, 2018B or edge RU-part-3A/3B 2068A, 2068B may together have a size of 26 tones, and the 26 tones may include 24 Data tone and 2 pilot frequency adjustments.

圖21是分配WLAN中的通道上的頻寬資源的實例性方法2100的流程圖。該方法可由無線設備(例如,無線設備 804、無線設備202/裝備2402)執行。頻寬可包括複數個頻調。這複數個頻調包括位於頻寬的外緣部分的數個保護頻調以及位於頻寬的中心部分的數個DC頻調。 21 is a flow diagram of an example method 2100 of allocating bandwidth resources on a channel in a WLAN. The method can be by a wireless device (eg, a wireless device) 804. The wireless device 202/equipment 2402) executes. The bandwidth can include a plurality of tones. The plurality of tones includes a plurality of guard tones located at an outer edge portion of the bandwidth and a plurality of DC tones at a central portion of the bandwidth.

在一個態樣,該無線設備是AP。在某些配置中,在操作2112,無線設備將傳輸時段中除保護頻調和DC頻調之外的該複數個頻調分配給跨通道頻寬延伸的RU集合。該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調。在操作2114,該無線設備分配該RU集合中的複數個子集以用於與複數個STA通訊。在操作2116,該無線設備向該多個STA傳送訊框。該訊框包括指示該多個子集的分配的資訊。在操作2120,該無線設備基於該複數個子集的分配來決定RU集合中用於與第一STA通訊的第一RU子集。第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU。在操作2122,該無線設備在第一RU子集中與第一STA傳達資料或控制資訊中的至少一者。 In one aspect, the wireless device is an AP. In some configurations, at operation 2112, the wireless device allocates the plurality of tones in addition to the guard tone and the DC tone in the transmission period to the set of RUs that extend across the channel bandwidth. Each RU of the set of RUs includes at least 26 tones. At operation 2114, the wireless device allocates a plurality of subsets of the set of RUs for communicating with a plurality of STAs. At operation 2116, the wireless device transmits a frame to the plurality of STAs. The frame includes information indicating the allocation of the plurality of subsets. At operation 2120, the wireless device determines a first subset of RUs in the set of RUs for communicating with the first STA based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets. The first RU subset includes fewer RUs than the set of RUs. At operation 2122, the wireless device communicates with the first STA in at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset.

在某些配置中,在操作2124,該無線設備基於該複數個子集的分配來決定該RU集合的第二RU子集以用於與該複數個STA中的第二STA通訊。第二RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU。在操作2126,該無線設備在第二RU子集中與第二STA進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊。在某些配置中,與第一STA的通訊和與第二STA的通訊是併發的。 In some configurations, at operation 2124, the wireless device determines a second subset of RUs of the set of RUs for communicating with a second of the plurality of STAs based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets. The second RU subset includes fewer RUs than the RU set. At operation 2126, the wireless device communicates with at least one of the data or control information with the second STA in the second RU subset. In some configurations, communication with the first STA and communication with the second STA are concurrent.

在另一態樣,該無線設備可以是STA。在操作2152,該無線設備接收訊框,該訊框包括指示RU集合中用於與該無線設備通訊的第一子集的分配的資訊。第一子集是基於分配來決定的。在操作2154,該無線設備基於該複數個子集的 分配來決定RU集合中用於與第一STA通訊的第一RU子集。第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU。在操作2156,該無線設備在第一RU子集中與第一STA進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊。 In another aspect, the wireless device can be a STA. At operation 2152, the wireless device receives a frame, the frame including information indicating an assignment of the first subset of the set of RUs for communicating with the wireless device. The first subset is determined based on the allocation. At operation 2154, the wireless device is based on the plurality of subsets The allocation determines a first subset of RUs in the set of RUs for communicating with the first STA. The first RU subset includes fewer RUs than the set of RUs. At operation 2156, the wireless device communicates with the first STA in at least one of data or control information in the first RU subset.

例如,參照圖8,無線設備804將通道806劃分成K個RU 816。無線設備804使用被分配用於與特定無線設備808通訊的特定RU 816來與該特定無線設備808進行資料的通訊。 For example, referring to FIG. 8, wireless device 804 divides channel 806 into K RUs 816. The wireless device 804 uses the particular RU 816 that is assigned to communicate with the particular wireless device 808 to communicate with the particular wireless device 808 for data.

在某些配置中,該RU集合中的RU具有為26、242、或484個頻調中的至少一者的大小。例如,參照圖9,通道806包括各有26個頻調的RU 916。參照圖15,通道806包括各有242個頻調的RU 1516。參照圖20,通道806包括各有484個頻調的RU 2016。 In some configurations, the RUs in the set of RUs have a size of at least one of 26, 242, or 484 tones. For example, referring to Figure 9, channel 806 includes RU 916 each having 26 tones. Referring to Figure 15, channel 806 includes RUs 1516 each having 242 tones. Referring to Figure 20, channel 806 includes RU 2016 each having 484 tones.

在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括26個頻調的每個RU,這26個頻調包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。例如,參照圖9、12和16,通道806包括各有26個頻調的RU。在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括242個頻調的每個RU,這242個頻調包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。例如,參照圖15和19,通道806包括各有242個頻調的RU。在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括484個頻調的每個RU,這484個頻調包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。例如,參照圖19,通道806包括各有484個頻調的RU 2016。 In some configurations, for each RU that includes 26 tones in the set of RUs, the 26 tones include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. For example, referring to Figures 9, 12 and 16, channel 806 includes RUs each having 26 tones. In some configurations, for each RU that includes 242 tones in the set of RUs, the 242 tones include 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. For example, referring to Figures 15 and 19, channel 806 includes RUs each having 242 tones. In some configurations, for each RU that includes 484 tones in the set of RUs, the 484 tones include 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones. For example, referring to Figure 19, channel 806 includes RUs 2016 each having 484 tones.

在某些配置中,頻寬是20MHz、40MHz、或80MHz。在某些配置中,頻寬是20MHz。該RU集合包括9個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。該通道包括數個DC頻調 。該RU集合中的一個RU包括第一部分和第二部分。第一部分在頻率上高於該數個DC頻調,而第二部分在頻率上低於該數個DC頻調。例如,參照圖9,通道806包括9個各有26個頻調的RU。RU-9 918可被拆分成兩部分,即中心RU-部分-9A 918A和中心RU-部分-9B 918B,其中一個部分在頻率上低於DC頻調920且另一個部分在頻率上高於DC頻調920。中心RU-部分-9A 918A和中心RU-部分-9B 918B中的每一者可包括13個頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 20MHz. The RU set includes 9 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. The channel includes several DC tones . One RU in the set of RUs includes a first part and a second part. The first portion is higher in frequency than the plurality of DC tones, and the second portion is lower in frequency than the plurality of DC tones. For example, referring to Figure 9, channel 806 includes nine RUs each having 26 tones. The RU-9 918 can be split into two parts, a central RU-part-9A 918A and a central RU-part-9B 918B, one of which is lower in frequency than the DC tone 920 and the other part is higher in frequency. DC tone 920. Each of the center RU-port-9A 918A and the center RU-port-9B 918B may include 13 tones.

在某些配置中,頻寬是40MHz。該RU集合包括16、17、18或19個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。在某些配置中,該通道包括5個或更多個DC頻調。在某些配置中,該RU集合包括18個RU。例如,參照圖12,通道806包括16-19個各有26個頻調的RU以及5個或更多個DC頻調。在某些配置中,頻寬是40MHz。該RU集合包括2個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。在某些配置中,該通道包括5個或更多個DC頻調。例如,參照圖15,通道806包括2個各有242個頻調的RU 1516以及5個或更多個DC頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 40MHz. The set of RUs includes 16, 17, 18 or 19 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. In some configurations, the channel includes five or more DC tones. In some configurations, the RU set includes 18 RUs. For example, referring to Figure 12, channel 806 includes 16-19 RUs each having 26 tones and 5 or more DC tones. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 40MHz. The RU set includes 2 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 242 tones. In some configurations, the channel includes five or more DC tones. For example, referring to Figure 15, channel 806 includes two RUs 1516 each having 242 tones and five or more DC tones.

在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合包括32個或更多個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。在某些配置中,該RU集合包括37個RU。例如,參照圖16,通道806包括32個或更多個各有26個頻調的RU。在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合包括4個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。例如,參照圖19,通道806包括4個各有242個頻調的RU 1916。在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合 包括2個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括484個頻調。例如,參照圖20,通道806包括2個各有484個頻調的RU 2016。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU set includes 32 or more RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. In some configurations, the RU set includes 37 RUs. For example, referring to Figure 16, channel 806 includes 32 or more RUs each having 26 tones. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU set includes 4 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 242 tones. For example, referring to Figure 19, channel 806 includes four RUs 1916 each having 242 tones. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU collection Includes 2 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 484 tones. For example, referring to Figure 20, channel 806 includes two RUs each having 484 tones.

圖22是向至少一個站(例如,STA 112、114、116或118)分配頻寬的資源以用於通訊的實例性方法2200的流程圖。頻寬包括複數個頻調。這複數個頻調包括位於該頻寬的外緣部分的數個保護頻調以及位於該頻寬的中心部分的數個DC頻調。方法2200可使用一裝置(例如,AP 104或無線設備202)來執行。儘管方法2200在下面是關於圖2的無線設備202的組件來描述的,但是可使用其他元件來實現本文描述的一或多個步驟。 22 is a flow diagram of an example method 2200 of allocating bandwidth resources to at least one station (e.g., STAs 112, 114, 116, or 118) for communication. The bandwidth includes a plurality of tones. The plurality of tones includes a plurality of guard tones located at an outer edge portion of the bandwidth and a plurality of DC tones located at a central portion of the bandwidth. Method 2200 can be performed using a device (eg, AP 104 or wireless device 202). Although method 2200 is described below with respect to components of wireless device 202 of FIG. 2, other components may be used to implement one or more of the steps described herein.

在操作2205,該裝置向該至少一個站分配至少一個RU以用於通訊。每個RU包括這複數個頻調中的數個RU頻調。 At operation 2205, the device allocates at least one RU to the at least one station for communication. Each RU includes a number of RU tones in the plurality of tones.

在操作2210,該裝置向該至少一個站分配包括這複數個頻調中的數個中心RU頻調的中心RU以用於通訊。中心RU頻調的數目基於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目以及RU頻調的數目。RU頻調可位於頻寬的保護頻調與中心RU頻調之間,並且中心RU頻調可位於頻寬的RU頻調與DC頻調之間。在操作2215,該裝置基於中心RU頻調的數目來決定保護頻調的數目和DC頻調的數目。 At operation 2210, the apparatus assigns to the at least one station a center RU comprising a plurality of center RU temps of the plurality of tones for communication. The number of center RU tones is based on the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth and the number of RU tones. The RU tone can be located between the guard tone of the bandwidth and the center RU tone, and the center RU tone can be located between the RU tone and the DC tone of the bandwidth. At operation 2215, the device determines the number of guard tones and the number of DC tones based on the number of center RU tones.

替換地,在執行操作2205處的操作之後,該裝置前進至操作2225。在操作2225,該裝置向該至少一個站分配邊緣RU對以用於通訊,該邊緣RU對包括這複數個頻調中的數個邊緣RU頻調。邊緣RU頻調的數目基於頻寬的這複數個頻調的 數目以及RU頻調的數目。RU頻調可位於頻寬的邊緣RU頻調與DC頻調之間,並且邊緣RU頻調可位於頻寬的保護頻調與RU頻調之間。在操作2230,該裝置基於邊緣RU頻調的數目來決定保護頻調的數目和DC頻調的數目。 Alternatively, after performing the operation at operation 2205, the device proceeds to operation 2225. At operation 2225, the apparatus assigns an edge RU pair to the at least one station for communication, the edge RU pair including a plurality of edge RU in the plurality of tones. The number of edge RU tones is based on the bandwidth of the plurality of tones The number and the number of RU tones. The RU tone can be located between the edge RU tone and the DC tone of the bandwidth, and the edge RU tone can be located between the guard tone of the bandwidth and the RU tone. At operation 2230, the device determines the number of guard tones and the number of DC tones based on the number of edge RU tones.

在執行操作2215或操作2230處的操作之後,該裝置前進至操作2220。在操作2220,該裝置經由指示頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目、分配以用於通訊的RU數目、每個RU的RU頻調數目、保護頻調數目、及/或DC頻調數目來向該至少一個站指示所分配資源。 After performing the operations at operation 2215 or operation 2230, the device proceeds to operation 2220. At operation 2220, the apparatus communicates via the number of the plurality of tones indicating the bandwidth, the number of RUs allocated for communication, the number of RU tones per RU, the number of guard tones, and/or the number of DC tones. The at least one station indicates the allocated resource.

在一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為256,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為8,每個RU的RU頻調數目為26、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為11,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為26。 In one aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 256, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 8, the number of RUs for each RU is 26, the number of protection tones is 11, and the DC tone is The number is 11, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 26.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為256,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為4,每個RU的RU頻調數目為56、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為7,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為14。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 256, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 4, the number of RU tones of each RU is 56, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 7, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 14.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為256,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為2,每個RU的RU頻調數目為114、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為3,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為14。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 256, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 2, the number of RU tones of each RU is 114, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 3, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 14.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為256,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為2,每個RU的RU頻調數目為114、保護頻調數目為9、DC頻調數目為5,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對 的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為14。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 256, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 2, the number of RU tones of each RU is 114, the number of protection tones is 9, DC frequency The number of adjustments is 5, and the center RU/edge RU pair The number of center RU/edge RU tones is 14.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為512,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為16,每個RU的RU頻調數目為26、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為7,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為78。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 512, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 16, the number of RUs for each RU is 26, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 7, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 78.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為512,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為8,每個RU的RU頻調數目為56、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為11,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為42。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 512, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 8, the number of RUs for each RU is 56, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 11, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 42.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為512,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為4,每個RU的RU頻調數目為114、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為3,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為42。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 512, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 4, the number of RU tones of each RU is 114, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 3, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 42.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為512,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為4,每個RU的RU頻調數目為114、保護頻調數目為9、DC頻調數目為5,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為42。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 512, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 4, the number of RU tones of each RU is 114, the number of protection tones is 9, DC frequency The number of tones is 5, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 42.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為512,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為2,每個RU的RU頻調數目為242、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為3,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為14。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 512, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 2, the number of RU tones of each RU is 242, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 3, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 14.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為512,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為2,每個RU的RU頻調數目為242、保護頻調數目為9、DC頻調數目為5,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對 的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為14。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 512, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 2, the number of RU tones of each RU is 242, the number of protection tones is 9, DC frequency The number of adjustments is 5, and the center RU/edge RU pair The number of center RU/edge RU tones is 14.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為1024,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為32,每個RU的RU頻調數目為26、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為11,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為170。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 1024, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 32, the number of RU tones of each RU is 26, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 11, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 170.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為1024,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為16,每個RU的RU頻調數目為56、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為5,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為112。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 1024, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 16, the number of RU tones of each RU is 56, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tones is 5, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 112.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為1024,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為8,每個RU的RU頻調數目為114、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為5,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為96。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 1024, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 8, the number of RUs for each RU is 114, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 5, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 96.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為1024,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為4,每個RU的RU頻調數目為242、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為3,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為42。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 1024, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 4, the number of RU tones of each RU is 242, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of tune is 3, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 42.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為1024,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為4,每個RU的RU頻調數目為242、保護頻調數目為9、DC頻調數目為5,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為42。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 1024, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 4, the number of RU tones of each RU is 242, the number of protection tones is 9, DC frequency The number of tones is 5, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 42.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為1024,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為2,每個RU的RU頻調數目為484、保護頻調數目為11、DC頻調數目為3,以及中心RU/邊緣RU 對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為42。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 1024, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 2, the number of RU tones of each RU is 484, the number of protection tones is 11, DC frequency The number of adjustments is 3, and the center RU/edge RU The number of center RU/edge RU tones for the pair is 42.

在另一態樣,頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目為1024,分配以用於通訊的RU數目為2,每個RU的RU頻調數目為484、保護頻調數目為9、DC頻調數目為5,以及中心RU/邊緣RU對的中心RU/邊緣RU頻調數目為42。 In another aspect, the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth is 1024, the number of RUs allocated for communication is 2, the number of RU tones of each RU is 484, the number of protection tones is 9, DC frequency The number of tones is 5, and the number of center RU/edge RU tones for the center RU/edge RU pair is 42.

圖23是決定頻寬的資源配置以與存取點(例如,AP 104)通訊的實例性方法2300的流程圖。頻寬包括複數個頻調。這複數個頻調包括位於該頻寬的外緣部分的數個保護頻調以及位於該頻寬的中心部分的數個直流(DC)頻調。方法2300可使用一裝置(例如,STA 112、114、116或118中的任一者或無線設備202)來執行。儘管方法2300在下面是關於圖2的無線設備202的組件來描述的,但是可使用其他元件來實現本文描述的一或多個步驟。 23 is a flow diagram of an example method 2300 of determining a resource configuration of a bandwidth to communicate with an access point (e.g., AP 104). The bandwidth includes a plurality of tones. The plurality of tones includes a plurality of guard tones located at an outer edge portion of the bandwidth and a plurality of direct current (DC) tones at a central portion of the bandwidth. Method 2300 can be performed using a device (eg, any of STAs 112, 114, 116, or 118 or wireless device 202). Although method 2300 is described below with respect to components of wireless device 202 of FIG. 2, other components may be used to implement one or more of the steps described herein.

在操作2305,該裝置從存取點(例如,AP 104)接收關於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目、分配以用於通訊的RU數目、每個RU的RU頻調數目、保護頻調數目、和DC頻調數目的指示。 At operation 2305, the device receives from the access point (e.g., AP 104) the number of the plurality of tones with respect to the bandwidth, the number of RUs allocated for communication, the number of RU tones per RU, the guard tone An indication of the number, and the number of DC tones.

在操作2310,該裝置基於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目、分配以用於通訊的RU數目、每個RU的RU頻調數目、保護頻調數目、和DC頻調數目來決定分配以用於通訊的中心操作的中心RU頻調的數目。例如,該裝置可在預期將接收確收(ACK)訊息時決定所分配中心RU頻調的數目。RU頻調可位於頻寬的保護頻調與中心RU頻調之間,並且中心RU頻調可位於頻寬的RU頻調與DC頻調之間。 At operation 2310, the apparatus determines the allocation based on the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth, the number of RUs allocated for communication, the number of RU tones per RU, the number of guard tones, and the number of DC tones. The number of central RU tones used for central operations of communication. For example, the device may determine the number of tone of the assigned center RU when it is expected to receive an acknowledgement (ACK) message. The RU tone can be located between the guard tone of the bandwidth and the center RU tone, and the center RU tone can be located between the RU tone and the DC tone of the bandwidth.

替換地,在執行操作2305處的操作之後,該裝置可前進至操作2315。在操作2315,該裝置基於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目、分配以用於通訊的RU數目、每個RU的RU頻調數目、保護頻調數目、和DC頻調數目來決定分配以用於通訊的邊緣RU對的邊緣RU頻調數目。例如,該裝置可在預期將接收確收(ACK)訊息時決定所分配邊緣RU頻調的數目。RU頻調可位於頻寬的邊緣RU頻調與DC頻調之間,並且邊緣RU頻調可位於頻寬的保護頻調與RU頻調之間。 Alternatively, after performing the operations at operation 2305, the device may proceed to operation 2315. At operation 2315, the apparatus determines the allocation based on the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth, the number of RUs allocated for communication, the number of RU tones per RU, the number of guard tones, and the number of DC tones. The number of edge RU tones for the edge RU pair used for communication. For example, the device may determine the number of allocated edge RU tones when it is expected to receive an acknowledgment (ACK) message. The RU tone can be located between the edge RU tone and the DC tone of the bandwidth, and the edge RU tone can be located between the guard tone of the bandwidth and the RU tone.

圖24是圖示實例性裝備2402中的不同組件/裝置之間的資料串流的概念性資料串流圖2400。該裝備可以是無線設備。該裝備包括接收組件2404、頻調映射組件2406、資料應用2407、通道分配組件2408、以及傳送組件2410。 24 is a conceptual data stream diagram 2400 illustrating data streams between different components/devices in an example equipment 2402. The equipment can be a wireless device. The equipment includes a receiving component 2404, a tone mapping component 2406, a data application 2407, a channel allocation component 2408, and a transmitting component 2410.

接收組件2404和傳送組件2410可被配置成在頻寬的通道上與至少一個無線設備2450進行資料封包2432和資料封包2442的通訊。頻寬可包括複數個頻調。這複數個頻調包括位於頻寬的外緣部分的數個保護頻調以及位於頻寬的中心部分的數個DC頻調。 Receive component 2404 and transport component 2410 can be configured to communicate with data packet 2432 and data packet 2442 with at least one wireless device 2450 over a wide frequency channel. The bandwidth can include a plurality of tones. The plurality of tones includes a plurality of guard tones located at an outer edge portion of the bandwidth and a plurality of DC tones at a central portion of the bandwidth.

在一個態樣,裝備2402可以是AP。頻調映射組件2406可被配置成從通道分配組件2408接收通道資訊2434。通道資訊2434可包括關於頻寬的資訊。頻調映射組件2406可被配置成決定通道分配,該通道分配將傳輸時段中的通道頻寬劃分成用於資料通訊的RU集合。該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調。例如,頻調映射組件2406可被配置成將傳輸時段中除保護頻調和DC頻調之外的該複數個頻調分配給跨通 道頻寬延伸的RU集合。頻調映射組件2406可被配置成向通道分配組件2408發送關於所決定的頻調映射的資訊(例如,頻調映射資訊2436)。 In one aspect, the equipment 2402 can be an AP. The tone mapping component 2406 can be configured to receive channel information 2434 from the channel allocation component 2408. Channel information 2434 may include information about the bandwidth. The tone mapping component 2406 can be configured to determine a channel allocation that divides the channel bandwidth in the transmission period into a set of RUs for data communication. Each RU of the set of RUs includes at least 26 tones. For example, the tone mapping component 2406 can be configured to assign the plurality of tones in addition to the guard tone and the DC tone to the traverse in the transmission period A collection of RUs with a wide bandwidth. The tone mapping component 2406 can be configured to transmit information about the determined tone map (e.g., tone map information 2436) to the channel assignment component 2408.

通道分配組件2408可被配置成分配該RU集合的相應子集以用於與該至少一個無線設備2450中的每一者進行資料的通訊。各個RU子集中的每一者包括少於該RU集合的RU。通道分配組件2408可被配置成向傳送組件2410發送訊框2462。訊框2462包括指示該複數個子集的分配的資訊。傳送組件2410將訊框2462傳送給該至少一個無線設備2450。通道分配組件2408可被配置成在分配用於與該至少一個無線設備2450中的每一者進行資料的通訊的相應RU子集中與每個無線設備2450進行從資料應用2407接收到的資料的通訊。該至少一個無線設備2450可包括複數個無線設備2450。 Channel assignment component 2408 can be configured to allocate a respective subset of the set of RUs for communicating with each of the at least one wireless device 2450. Each of the individual RU subsets includes fewer RUs than the set of RUs. Channel assignment component 2408 can be configured to send frame 2462 to transport component 2410. Frame 2462 includes information indicating the allocation of the plurality of subsets. The transmitting component 2410 transmits the frame 2462 to the at least one wireless device 2450. The channel assignment component 2408 can be configured to communicate with each of the wireless devices 2450 for data received from the profile application 2407 in a respective subset of RUs that are configured for communication with each of the at least one wireless device 2450. . The at least one wireless device 2450 can include a plurality of wireless devices 2450.

在另一態樣,裝備2402可以是STA。特定無線設備2450可以是AP。接收組件2404可被配置成接收包括指示RU集合的特定子集的分配的資訊的訊框2464。接收組件2404可被配置成將該訊框2464發送給通道分配組件2408。通道分配組件2408相應地指令接收組件2404和傳送組件2410經由使用該特定RU子集來與特定無線設備2450進行資料的通訊。 In another aspect, the equipment 2402 can be a STA. A particular wireless device 2450 can be an AP. The receiving component 2404 can be configured to receive a frame 2464 that includes information indicating an assignment of a particular subset of the set of RUs. Receive component 2404 can be configured to send the frame 2464 to channel assignment component 2408. Channel allocation component 2408, in turn, instructs receiving component 2404 and transmitting component 2410 to communicate with particular wireless device 2450 via the use of the particular subset of RUs.

更具體地,接收組件2404可被配置成從特定無線設備2450接收一或多個資料封包2432(例如,一或多個實體層封包700)。接收組件2404可被配置成將資料封包2432發送給通道分配組件2408。通道分配組件2408基於從頻調映射組件2406接收到的頻調映射資訊2436來決定分配用於與特定無線 設備2450通訊的該一或多個特定RU。由此,通道分配組件2408可獲得這些特定RU中所攜帶的來自特定無線設備2450的資料封包2432的資料2440。通道分配組件2408可被配置成將從特定無線設備2450接收到的資料2440發送給資料應用2407。此外,資料應用2407可向通道分配組件2408發送要傳送給特定無線設備2450的資料2440。通道分配組件2408可被配置成用分配用於與特定無線設備2450通訊的特定RU來構造一或多個資料封包2442(例如,一或多個實體層封包700)。這些特定RU包括要傳送給特定無線設備2450的資料2440。通道分配組件2408可被配置成將資料封包2442發送給傳送組件2410,傳送組件2410進而將資料封包2442傳送給特定無線設備2450。 More specifically, receiving component 2404 can be configured to receive one or more data packets 2432 (eg, one or more physical layer packets 700) from a particular wireless device 2450. The receiving component 2404 can be configured to send the data packet 2432 to the channel allocation component 2408. Channel allocation component 2408 determines the allocation for use with a particular wireless based on tone mapping information 2436 received from tone mapping component 2406. The one or more specific RUs that the device 2450 communicates with. Thus, channel allocation component 2408 can obtain data 2440 from data packets 2432 of a particular wireless device 2450 carried in those particular RUs. Channel assignment component 2408 can be configured to transmit material 2440 received from a particular wireless device 2450 to profile application 2407. In addition, the profile application 2407 can send the data 2440 to be transmitted to the particular wireless device 2450 to the channel assignment component 2408. Channel allocation component 2408 can be configured to construct one or more data packets 2442 (eg, one or more physical layer packets 700) with a particular RU allocated for communication with a particular wireless device 2450. These specific RUs include data 2440 to be transmitted to a particular wireless device 2450. The channel allocation component 2408 can be configured to send the data packet 2442 to the transmitting component 2410, which in turn transmits the data packet 2442 to the particular wireless device 2450.

在某些配置中,該RU集合中的RU具有為26、242、或484個頻調中的至少一者的大小。在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括26個頻調的每個RU,這26個頻調包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括242個頻調的每個RU,這242個頻調包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括484個頻調的每個RU,這484個頻調包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。 In some configurations, the RUs in the set of RUs have a size of at least one of 26, 242, or 484 tones. In some configurations, for each RU that includes 26 tones in the set of RUs, the 26 tones include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. In some configurations, for each RU that includes 242 tones in the set of RUs, the 242 tones include 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. In some configurations, for each RU that includes 484 tones in the set of RUs, the 484 tones include 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones.

在某些配置中,頻寬是20MHz、40MHz、或80MHz。在某些配置中,頻寬是20MHz。該RU集合包括9個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。通道包括數個DC頻調。該RU集合中的一個RU包括第一部分和第二部分。第一部分在頻率上高於該數個DC頻調,而第二部分在頻率上低於該數個DC頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 20MHz. The RU set includes 9 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. The channel includes several DC tones. One RU in the set of RUs includes a first part and a second part. The first portion is higher in frequency than the plurality of DC tones, and the second portion is lower in frequency than the plurality of DC tones.

在某些配置中,頻寬是40MHz。該RU集合包括16、17、18或19個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。在某些配置中,通道包括5個或更多個DC頻調。在某些配置中,該RU集合包括18個RU。在某些配置中,頻寬是40MHz。該RU集合包括2個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。在某些配置中,通道包括5個或更多個DC頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 40MHz. The set of RUs includes 16, 17, 18 or 19 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. In some configurations, the channel includes five or more DC tones. In some configurations, the RU set includes 18 RUs. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 40MHz. The RU set includes 2 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 242 tones. In some configurations, the channel includes five or more DC tones.

在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合包括32個或更多個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。在某些配置中,該RU集合包括37個RU。在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合包括4個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合包括2個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括484個頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU set includes 32 or more RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. In some configurations, the RU set includes 37 RUs. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU set includes 4 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 242 tones. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU set includes 2 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 484 tones.

該裝備可包括執行圖21-23的前述流程圖中的演算法的每個框的額外組件。如此,圖21-23的前述流程圖之每一者框可由一組件執行且該裝備可包括這些組件中的一或多個元件。各組件可以是專門配置成實施所述程序/演算法的一或多個硬體組件、由配置成執行所述程序/演算法的處理器實現、儲存在電腦可讀取媒體中以供由處理器實現、或其某個組合。 The apparatus may include additional components that perform each of the blocks of the algorithm in the aforementioned flow charts of Figures 21-23. As such, each of the foregoing flowcharts of Figures 21-23 can be performed by a component and the apparatus can include one or more of these components. Each component may be one or more hardware components specifically configured to implement the program/algorithm, implemented by a processor configured to execute the program/algorithm, stored in a computer readable medium for processing Implemented, or some combination thereof.

頻調映射組件2406和通道分配組件2408可構成圖2中所示的資源配置組件224。資源配置組件224可採用處理器204、記憶體206、信號偵測器218、DSP 220、及/或使用者介面222。接收組件2404和傳送組件2410可採用處理器204、記憶體206、信號偵測器218、及/或DSP 220。收發機214從一或 多個天線216接收信號,從接收到的信號中提取資訊,並將所提取的資訊提供給接收組件2404。另外,收發機214從VT接收資訊,並基於接收到的資訊來產生將應用於該一或多個天線216的信號。 The tone mapping component 2406 and the channel allocation component 2408 can form the resource configuration component 224 shown in FIG. The resource configuration component 224 can employ the processor 204, the memory 206, the signal detector 218, the DSP 220, and/or the user interface 222. Receive component 2404 and transport component 2410 can employ processor 204, memory 206, signal detector 218, and/or DSP 220. Transceiver 214 from one or A plurality of antennas 216 receive signals, extract information from the received signals, and provide the extracted information to receiving component 2404. In addition, transceiver 214 receives information from the VT and generates signals to be applied to the one or more antennas 216 based on the received information.

在一個態樣,無線設備202/裝備2402可以是無線設備。無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於執行圖21-23中圖示的操作的裝置。更具體地,無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於決定傳輸時段中跨通道頻寬延伸的資源元素(RU)集合的第一RU子集的裝置,第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調。無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於在第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊的裝置。 In one aspect, the wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be a wireless device. The wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include means for performing the operations illustrated in Figures 21-23. More specifically, the wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include means for determining a first subset of RUs of resource element (RU) sets extending across a channel bandwidth in a transmission period, the first subset of RUs comprising less than The RU of the RU set, each RU of the set of RUs includes at least 26 tones. The wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include means for communicating of at least one of data or control information in the first RU subset.

在某些配置中,頻寬包括複數個頻調,並且其中這複數個頻調包括位於頻寬的外緣部分的數個保護頻調以及位於頻寬的中心部分的數個直流(DC)頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth includes a plurality of tones, and wherein the plurality of tones includes a plurality of guard tones located at an outer edge portion of the bandwidth and a plurality of direct current (DC) frequencies at a central portion of the bandwidth Tune.

在某些配置中,無線設備202/裝備2402是AP。無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於將傳輸時段中除保護頻調和DC頻調之外的該複數個頻調分配給RU集合的裝置。無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於分配該RU集合的複數個子集以用於與複數個STA通訊的裝置。第一子集用於與第一STA的通訊並且是基於該複數個子集的分配來決定的。在第一子集中進行的資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊是與第一STA進行的。在某些配置中,無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於向該複數個STA傳送訊框的裝置。該訊框包括指 示該複數個子集的分配的資訊。 In some configurations, the wireless device 202/equipment 2402 is an AP. The wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include means for assigning the plurality of tones in addition to the guard tone and the DC tone to the set of RUs in the transmission period. The wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include means for allocating a plurality of subsets of the set of RUs for communicating with a plurality of STAs. The first subset is for communication with the first STA and is determined based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets. Communication of at least one of the data or control information performed in the first subset is performed with the first STA. In some configurations, the wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include means for transmitting frames to the plurality of STAs. The frame includes Information indicating the allocation of the plurality of subsets.

在某些配置中,無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於基於該複數個子集的分配來決定該RU集合中用於與該複數個STA中的第二STA通訊的第二RU子集的裝置,第二RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU。無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於在第二RU子集中與第二STA進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊的裝置。在某些配置中,與第一STA進行的通訊和與第二STA進行的通訊是併發的。 In some configurations, the wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include a second RU for communicating with a second one of the plurality of STAs in the set of RUs based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets The subset of devices, the second RU subset including less than the RU of the RU set. The wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include means for communicating with at least one of data or control information with the second STA in the second RU subset. In some configurations, communication with the first STA and communication with the second STA are concurrent.

在某些配置中,無線設備202/裝備2402是STA。無線設備202/裝備2402可被配置成包括用於接收包括指示RU集合中用於與無線設備202/裝備2402通訊的第一子集的分配的資訊的訊框的裝置。第一子集是基於該分配來決定的。 In some configurations, the wireless device 202/equipment 2402 is a STA. The wireless device 202/equipment 2402 can be configured to include means for receiving a frame including information indicative of the allocation of the first subset of the set of RUs for communication with the wireless device 202/equipment 2402. The first subset is determined based on the allocation.

在某些配置中,該RU集合中的RU具有為26、242、或484個頻調中的至少一者的大小。在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括26個頻調的每個RU,這26個頻調包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括242個頻調的每個RU,這242個頻調包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。在某些配置中,對於該RU集合中包括484個頻調的每個RU,這484個頻調包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。 In some configurations, the RUs in the set of RUs have a size of at least one of 26, 242, or 484 tones. In some configurations, for each RU that includes 26 tones in the set of RUs, the 26 tones include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. In some configurations, for each RU that includes 242 tones in the set of RUs, the 242 tones include 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. In some configurations, for each RU that includes 484 tones in the set of RUs, the 484 tones include 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones.

在某些配置中,頻寬是20MHz、40MHz、或80MHz。在某些配置中,頻寬是20MHz。該RU集合包括9個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。通道包括數個DC頻調。該RU集合中的一個RU包括第一部分和第二部分。第一部分在頻率上高於該數個DC頻調,而第二部分在頻率上低於該數個 DC頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 20MHz. The RU set includes 9 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. The channel includes several DC tones. One RU in the set of RUs includes a first part and a second part. The first portion is higher in frequency than the plurality of DC tones, and the second portion is lower in frequency than the plurality of DC tone.

在某些配置中,頻寬是40MHz。該RU集合包括16、17、18或19個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。在某些配置中,通道包括5個或更多個DC頻調。在某些配置中,該RU集合包括18個RU。在某些配置中,頻寬是40MHz。該RU集合包括2個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。在某些配置中,通道包括5個或更多個DC頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 40MHz. The set of RUs includes 16, 17, 18 or 19 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. In some configurations, the channel includes five or more DC tones. In some configurations, the RU set includes 18 RUs. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 40MHz. The RU set includes 2 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 242 tones. In some configurations, the channel includes five or more DC tones.

在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合包括32個或更多個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。在某些配置中,該RU集合包括37個RU。在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合包括4個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。在某些配置中,頻寬是80MHz。該RU集合包括2個RU。該RU集合之每一個RU包括484個頻調。 In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU set includes 32 or more RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones. In some configurations, the RU set includes 37 RUs. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU set includes 4 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 242 tones. In some configurations, the bandwidth is 80MHz. The RU set includes 2 RUs. Each RU of the set of RUs includes 484 tones.

前述裝置可以是無線設備202/裝備2402中被配置成執行由前述裝置敘述的功能的前述組件中的一者或多者。上面描述的方法的各種操作可由能夠執行這些操作的任何合適的裝置來執行,諸如各種硬體及/或軟體組件、電路、及/或模組。一般而言,在附圖中所圖示的任何操作可由能夠執行這些操作的相對應的功能性裝置來執行。 The aforementioned means may be one or more of the aforementioned components of the wireless device 202/equipment 2402 that are configured to perform the functions recited by the aforementioned means. The various operations of the methods described above may be performed by any suitable means capable of performing such operations, such as various hardware and/or software components, circuits, and/or modules. In general, any of the operations illustrated in the figures can be performed by a corresponding functional device capable of performing the operations.

圖25是實例性無線通訊設備2500的功能方塊圖。無線通訊設備2500可被實現為AP(例如,AP 104)或站(例如,STA 112、114、116、或118)。無線通訊設備2500可包括接收器2505、處理系統2510、和發射器2515。處理系統2510可包括資源配置組件2524。 25 is a functional block diagram of an example wireless communication device 2500. Wireless communication device 2500 can be implemented as an AP (e.g., AP 104) or a station (e.g., STA 112, 114, 116, or 118). Wireless communication device 2500 can include a receiver 2505, a processing system 2510, and a transmitter 2515. Processing system 2510 can include resource configuration component 2524.

處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524可被配置成向至少一個站(例如,STA 112、114、116或118)分配頻寬的資源以用於通訊。頻寬可包括複數個頻調。這複數個頻調包括位於頻寬的外緣部分的數個保護頻調以及位於頻寬的中心部分的數個DC頻調。 Processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can be configured to allocate bandwidth resources to at least one station (e.g., STAs 112, 114, 116, or 118) for communication. The bandwidth can include a plurality of tones. The plurality of tones includes a plurality of guard tones located at an outer edge portion of the bandwidth and a plurality of DC tones at a central portion of the bandwidth.

處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524可被配置成向該至少一個站分配至少一個RU以用於通訊。每個RU包括這複數個頻調中的數個RU頻調。處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524可被進一步配置成向該至少一個站分配包括這複數個頻調中的數個中心RU頻調的中心RU以用於通訊。中心RU頻調的數目可基於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目以及RU頻調的數目。RU頻調可位於頻寬的保護頻調與中心RU頻調之間,並且中心RU頻調可位於頻寬的RU頻調與DC頻調之間。處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524亦可被配置成基於中心RU頻調的數目來決定保護頻調的數目和DC頻調的數目。 Processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can be configured to assign at least one RU to the at least one station for communication. Each RU includes a number of RU tones in the plurality of tones. Processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can be further configured to assign to the at least one station a central RU comprising a plurality of central RU tones of the plurality of tones for communication. The number of center RU tones may be based on the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth and the number of RU tones. The RU tone can be located between the guard tone of the bandwidth and the center RU tone, and the center RU tone can be located between the RU tone and the DC tone of the bandwidth. Processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can also be configured to determine the number of guard tones and the number of DC tones based on the number of center RU tones.

處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524可被配置成向該至少一個站分配邊緣RU對以用於通訊,該邊緣RU對包括這複數個頻調中的數個邊緣RU頻調。邊緣RU頻調的數目可基於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目以及RU頻調的數目。RU頻調可位於頻寬的邊緣RU頻調與DC頻調之間,並且邊緣RU頻調可位於頻寬的保護頻調與RU頻調之間。處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524亦可被配置成基於邊緣RU頻調的數目來決定保護頻調的數目和DC頻調的數目。 Processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can be configured to assign an edge RU pair to the at least one station for communication, the edge RU pair including a plurality of edge RU tones of the plurality of tones. The number of edge RU tones may be based on the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth and the number of RU tones. The RU tone can be located between the edge RU tone and the DC tone of the bandwidth, and the edge RU tone can be located between the guard tone of the bandwidth and the RU tone. Processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can also be configured to determine the number of guard tones and the number of DC tones based on the number of edge RU tones.

發射器2515、處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524 可被配置成經由指示頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目、分配以用於通訊的RU數目、每個RU的RU頻調數目、保護頻調數目、及/或DC頻調數目來向該至少一個站指示所分配資源。 Transmitter 2515, processing system 2510, and/or resource configuration component 2524 The at least one of the plurality of tones indicating the bandwidth, the number of RUs allocated for communication, the number of RU tones per RU, the number of guard tones, and/or the number of DC tones may be configured to A station indicates the allocated resources.

在一態樣,處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524可被配置成決定頻寬的資源配置以與存取點(例如,AP 104)通訊。頻寬可包括複數個頻調。這複數個頻調包括位於頻寬的外緣部分的數個保護頻調以及位於頻寬的中心部分的數個直流(DC)頻調。 In one aspect, processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can be configured to determine a resource configuration of the bandwidth to communicate with an access point (e.g., AP 104). The bandwidth can include a plurality of tones. The plurality of tones includes a plurality of guard tones located at an outer edge portion of the bandwidth and a plurality of direct current (DC) tones at a central portion of the bandwidth.

接收器2505、處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524可被配置成從存取點(例如,AP 104)接收關於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目、分配以用於通訊的標準塊(RU)數目、每個標準塊(RU)的RU頻調數目、保護頻調數目、和DC頻調數目的指示。 Receiver 2505, processing system 2510, and/or resource configuration component 2524 can be configured to receive from the access point (e.g., AP 104) the number of the plurality of tones with respect to the bandwidth, the standard blocks allocated for communication ( The number of RUs, the number of RU tones per standard block (RU), the number of guard tones, and the number of DC tones.

處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524可被配置成基於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目、分配以用於通訊的RU數目、每個RU的RU頻調數目、保護頻調數目、和DC頻調數目來決定分配以用於通訊的中心塊的中心塊(中心RU)頻調的數目。RU頻調可位於頻寬的保護頻調與中心RU頻調之間,並且中心RU頻調可位於頻寬的RU頻調與DC頻調之間。 Processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can be configured to be based on the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth, the number of RUs allocated for communication, the number of RU tones per RU, the number of guard tones, and The number of DC tones determines the number of center block (center RU) tones that are allocated for the center block of the communication. The RU tone can be located between the guard tone of the bandwidth and the center RU tone, and the center RU tone can be located between the RU tone and the DC tone of the bandwidth.

處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524可被配置成基於頻寬的這複數個頻調的數目、分配以用於通訊的RU數目、每個RU的RU頻調數目、保護頻調數目、和DC頻調數目來決定分配以用於通訊的邊緣塊對的邊緣RU頻調的數目。RU頻調可位於頻寬的邊緣RU頻調與DC頻調之間,並且邊緣RU頻 調可位於頻寬的保護頻調與RU頻調之間。 Processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524 can be configured to be based on the number of the plurality of tones of the bandwidth, the number of RUs allocated for communication, the number of RU tones per RU, the number of guard tones, and The number of DC tones determines the number of edge RU tones that are allocated for the edge block pair for communication. The RU tone can be located between the edge RU tone and the DC tone of the bandwidth, and the edge RU frequency The adjustment can be between the guard tone of the bandwidth and the RU tone.

接收器2505、處理系統2510、資源配置組件2524、及/或發射器2515可被配置成執行以上關於圖21-23論述的一或多個功能。接收器2505可以對應於接收器212。處理系統2510可對應於處理器204。發射器2515可以對應於發射器210。資源配置組件2524可對應於(AP 104的)資源配置組件124、(STA 114的)資源配置組件126、及/或(無線設備202的)資源配置組件224。 Receiver 2505, processing system 2510, resource configuration component 2524, and/or transmitter 2515 can be configured to perform one or more of the functions discussed above with respect to Figures 21-23. Receiver 2505 can correspond to receiver 212. Processing system 2510 can correspond to processor 204. Transmitter 2515 can correspond to transmitter 210. Resource configuration component 2524 may correspond to resource configuration component 124 (of AP 104), resource configuration component 126 (of STA 114), and/or resource configuration component 224 (of wireless device 202).

此外,用於向至少一個站分配頻寬資源以用於通訊的裝置可包括處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524。用於向該至少一個站指示所分配資源的裝置可包括發射器2515、處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524。用於決定用於與存取點通訊的頻寬資源配置的裝置可包括接收器2505、處理系統2510及/或資源配置組件2524。 Moreover, means for allocating bandwidth resources to at least one station for communication can include processing system 2510 and/or resource configuration component 2524. The means for indicating the allocated resources to the at least one station may include a transmitter 2515, a processing system 2510, and/or a resource configuration component 2524. The means for determining the bandwidth resource configuration for communicating with the access point may include a receiver 2505, a processing system 2510, and/or a resource configuration component 2524.

上面描述的方法的各種操作可由能夠執行這些操作的任何合適的裝置來執行,諸如各種硬體及/或軟體組件、電路、及/或模組。一般而言,在附圖中所圖示的任何操作可由能夠執行這些操作的相對應的功能性裝置來執行。 The various operations of the methods described above may be performed by any suitable means capable of performing such operations, such as various hardware and/or software components, circuits, and/or modules. In general, any of the operations illustrated in the figures can be performed by a corresponding functional device capable of performing the operations.

結合本案所描述的各種說明性邏輯區塊、組件和電路可用設計成執行本文描述的功能的通用處理器、數位訊號處理器(DSP)、特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、現場可程式設計閘陣列(FPGA)或其他可程式設計邏輯裝置(PLD)、個別閘或電晶體邏輯、個別的硬體組件、或其任何組合來實現或執行。通用處理器可以是微處理器,但在替換方案中,該處 理器可以是任何市售的處理器、控制器、微控制器或狀態機。處理器亦可以被實現為計算設備的組合,例如DSP與微處理器的組合、複數個微處理器、與DSP核心協同的一或多個微處理器、或任何其他此類配置。 The various illustrative logic blocks, components and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure can be implemented as general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), special application integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gates designed to perform the functions described herein. Arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices (PLDs), individual gate or transistor logic, individual hardware components, or any combination thereof are implemented or executed. A general purpose processor can be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, where The processor can be any commercially available processor, controller, microcontroller or state machine. The processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, such as a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration.

在一或多個態樣中,所描述的功能可在硬體、軟體、韌體或其任何組合中實現。若在軟體中實現,則各功能可以作為一或多個指令或代碼儲存在電腦可讀取媒體上或藉其進行傳送。電腦可讀取媒體包括電腦儲存媒體和通訊媒體兩者,包括促成電腦程式從一地向另一地轉移的任何媒體。儲存媒體可以是能被電腦存取的任何可用媒體。作為示例而非限制,此類電腦可讀取媒體可包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光碟儲存、磁碟儲存或其他磁存放裝置、或者可用於攜帶或儲存指令或資料結構形式的期望程式碼並可被電腦存取的任何其他媒體。任何連接亦被正當地稱為電腦可讀取媒體。例如,若軟體是使用同軸電纜、光纖電纜、雙絞線、數位用戶線(DSL)、或諸如紅外、無線電、以及微波之類的無線技術從web網站、伺服器、或其他遠端源傳送而來,則該同軸電纜、光纖電纜、雙絞線、DSL、或諸如紅外、無線電、以及微波之類的無線技術就被包括在媒體的定義之中。如本文中所使用的盤(disk)和碟(disc)包括壓縮光碟(CD)、鐳射光碟、光碟、數位多功能光碟(DVD)、軟碟和藍光光碟,其中盤(disk)往往以磁的方式再現資料,而碟(disc)用鐳射以光學方式再現資料。因此,在一些態樣,電腦可讀取媒體可包括非暫態電腦可讀取媒體(例如,有形媒體)。 In one or more aspects, the functions described can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software, the functions can be stored on or transmitted as computer readable media as one or more instructions or codes. Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media, including any media that facilitates the transfer of a computer program from one location to another. The storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by the computer. By way of example and not limitation, such computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage device, or may be used to carry or store instructions or data structures. Any other medium that expects code and can be accessed by a computer. Any connection is also properly referred to as computer readable media. For example, if the software is transmitted from a web site, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave. The coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair cable, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are included in the definition of the media. Disks and discs as used herein include compact discs (CDs), laser discs, compact discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy discs, and Blu-ray discs, where the discs are often magnetic. The data is reproduced in a manner, and the disc optically reproduces the data by laser. Thus, in some aspects, computer readable media can include non-transitory computer readable media (eg, tangible media).

本文所揭示的方法包括用於達成所描述的方法的一或多個步驟或動作。這些方法步驟及/或動作可以彼此互換而不會脫離請求項的範疇。換言之,除非指定了步驟或動作的特定次序,否則具體步驟及/或動作的次序及/或使用可以改動而不會脫離請求項的範疇。 The methods disclosed herein comprise one or more steps or actions for achieving the methods described. These method steps and/or actions may be interchanged without departing from the scope of the claims. In other words, the order and/or use of specific steps and/or actions may be modified without departing from the scope of the claims.

因而,某些態樣可包括用於執行本文提供的操作的電腦可讀取媒體。例如,此類電腦可讀取媒體可包括其上儲存(及/或編碼)有指令的電腦可讀取媒體,這些指令能由一或多個處理器執行以執行本文所描述的操作。對於某些態樣,電腦可讀取媒體可包括包裝材料。 Thus, certain aspects may include computer readable media for performing the operations provided herein. For example, such computer readable media can include computer readable media having instructions stored thereon (and/or encoded) that can be executed by one or more processors to perform the operations described herein. For some aspects, computer readable media can include packaging materials.

軟體或指令亦可以在傳輸媒體上傳送。例如,若軟體是使用同軸電纜、光纖電纜、雙絞線、數位用戶線(DSL)、或諸如紅外、無線電、以及微波等無線技術從web網站、伺服器或其他遠端源傳送而來的,則該同軸電纜、光纖電纜、雙絞線、DSL、或諸如紅外、無線電以及微波等無線技術就被包括在傳輸媒體的定義裡。 Software or instructions can also be transferred on the transmission medium. For example, if the software is transmitted from a web site, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, The coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL, or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave are then included in the definition of the transmission medium.

將理解,請求項並不被限定於以上所圖示的精確配置和組件。可在以上所描述的方法和裝置的佈局、操作和細節上作出各種改動、更換和變形而不會脫離請求項的範疇。 It will be understood that the claims are not limited to the precise configurations and components illustrated above. Various changes, modifications, and variations can be made in the arrangement, operation and details of the methods and apparatus described above without departing from the scope of the claims.

儘管上述內容針對本案的各態樣,然而可設計出本案的其他和進一步的態樣而不會脫離其基本範疇,且其範疇是由所附請求項來決定的。 Although the foregoing is directed to the various aspects of the present invention, other and further aspects of the present invention can be devised without departing from the basic scope and the scope thereof is determined by the appended claims.

提供之前的描述是為了使本發明所屬領域中任何具有通常知識者均能夠實踐本文所描述的各種態樣。對這些態 樣的各種改動將容易為本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者所明白,並且本文所定義的普適原理可被應用於其他態樣。因此,請求項並非意欲被限定於本文所示出的態樣,而是應被授予與語言上的請求項相一致的全部範疇,其中對要素的單數形式的引述除非特別聲明,否則並非意欲表示「有且僅有一個」,而是「一或多個」。除非特別另外聲明,否則術語「一些/某個」指的是一或多個。本案通篇描述的各種態樣的要素為本發明所屬領域中具有通常知識者當前或今後所知的所有結構上和功能上的等效方案經由引述被明確納入於此,且意欲被請求項所涵蓋。此外,本文所揭示的任何內容皆並非意欲貢獻給公眾,無論此類揭示是否在申請專利範圍中被顯式地敘述。請求項的任何要素皆不應當在專利法施行細則第19條第4項的規定下來解釋,除非該要素是使用短語「用於……的裝置」來明確敘述的或者在方法請求項情形中該要素是使用短語「用於……的步驟」來敘述的。 The previous description is provided to enable any person skilled in the art to practice the various aspects described herein. For these states Various modifications will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention pertains, and the general principles defined herein may be applied to other aspects. Therefore, the claims are not intended to be limited to the aspects shown herein, but should be accorded to all categories that are consistent with the linguistic claims. The singular singular representation of the elements is not intended to be expressed unless otherwise stated. "There is one and only one," but "one or more." Unless specifically stated otherwise, the term "some/some" refers to one or more. All of the structural and functional equivalents of the present invention will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains. Covered. Moreover, nothing disclosed herein is intended to be dedicated to the public, regardless of whether such disclosure is explicitly recited in the scope of the application. No element of the claim shall be construed in accordance with Article 19, item 4 of the Implementing Regulations of the Patent Law, unless the element is explicitly stated using the phrase "apparatus for" or in the case of a method request. This element is described using the phrase "steps for".

Claims (84)

一種無線設備的無線通訊方法,該無線設備為一站(STA)或一存取點(AP),該方法包括以下步驟:決定一傳輸時段中跨一通道之一頻寬延伸的一資源元素(RU)集合的一第一RU子集,該頻寬包括複數個頻調,該複數個頻調包括數個直流(DC)頻調、一第一保護頻調集合及一第二保護頻調集合,該數個直流頻調位於該頻寬的一中心部分,該第一保護頻調集合位於該頻寬的一上外緣部分,該第二保護頻調集合位於該頻寬的一下外緣部分,該第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,在該RU集合中除了該第一RU子集之外的其餘RU為標準塊,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調;及在該第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊,其中該第一RU子集包括x個頻調,且該x個頻調包含一第一組之x/2個頻調及一第二組之x/2個頻調,該第一組之x/2個頻調具有的頻率大於該等DC頻調且小於該第一保護頻調集合,該第二組之x/2個頻調具有的頻率小於該等DC頻調且大於該第二保護頻調集合,其中:該第一RU子集是一中心塊,該第一組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該等DC頻調且該第二組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該等DC頻調,或者該第一RU子集是一邊緣塊,該第一組之x/2個頻調在頻率 上毗鄰於該第一保護頻調集合且該第二組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該第二保護頻調集合。 A wireless communication method for a wireless device, the wireless device being a station (STA) or an access point (AP), the method comprising the steps of: determining a resource element extending across a bandwidth of a channel during a transmission period ( a first subset of RUs of the set of RUs, the bandwidth comprising a plurality of tones, the plurality of tones comprising a plurality of direct current (DC) tones, a first set of guard tones, and a second set of guard tones The plurality of DC tones are located at a central portion of the bandwidth, the first set of protection tones is located at an upper outer edge portion of the bandwidth, and the second set of protection tones is located at a lower outer edge portion of the bandwidth The first RU subset includes less than the RU of the RU set, and the remaining RUs in the RU set except the first RU subset are standard blocks, and each RU of the RU set includes at least 26 tones And performing communication of at least one of data or control information in the first RU subset, wherein the first RU subset includes x tones, and the x tones comprise a first group of x/2 a tone and a second set of x/2 tones, the first group of x/2 tones having a frequency greater than the DC tones Less than the first set of protection tones, the x/2 tones of the second group have a frequency less than the DC tones and greater than the second set of protection tones, wherein: the first subset of RUs is a center Block, the x/2 tones of the first group are adjacent to the DC tones in frequency and the x/2 tones of the second group are adjacent to the DC tones in frequency, or the first The RU subset is an edge block, and the first group of x/2 tones are at a frequency Adjacent to the first set of guard tones and the x/2 tones of the second group are adjacent to the second set of guard tones in frequency. 如請求項1之方法,其中該無線設備是一AP,該方法進一步包括以下步驟:將該傳輸時段中之該複數個頻調除該等保護頻調和該等DC頻調之外的頻調分配給該RU集合;及分配該RU集合的複數個子集以用於與複數個STA通訊,其中該第一RU子集用於與一第一STA的通訊並且是基於該複數個子集的分配來決定的,並且其中在該第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的該至少一者的該通訊是與該第一STA進行的。 The method of claim 1, wherein the wireless device is an AP, the method further comprising the steps of: dividing the plurality of tones in the transmission period by the protection tone and the tone allocation other than the DC tones Giving the RU set; and allocating a plurality of subsets of the RU set for communicating with a plurality of STAs, wherein the first RU subset is for communicating with a first STA and is based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets Determining, and wherein the communication of the at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset is performed with the first STA. 如請求項2之方法,進一步包括向該複數個STA傳送一訊框,其中該訊框包括指示該複數個子集的分配的資訊。 The method of claim 2, further comprising transmitting a frame to the plurality of STAs, wherein the frame includes information indicating an allocation of the plurality of subsets. 如請求項2之方法,進一步包括以下步驟:基於該複數個子集的分配來決定該RU集合中用於與該複數個STA中的一第二STA通訊的一第二RU子集,該第二RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU;及在該第二RU子集中與該第二STA進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊。 The method of claim 2, further comprising the step of: determining, based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets, a second subset of RUs in the set of RUs for communicating with a second STA of the plurality of STAs, the The second RU subset includes less than the RU of the RU set; and communicates with at least one of the data or control information with the second STA in the second RU subset. 如請求項4之方法,其中與該第一STA進行的通訊和與該 第二STA進行的通訊是併發的。 The method of claim 4, wherein the communication with the first STA and the The communication performed by the second STA is concurrent. 如請求項1之方法,其中該無線設備是一STA,該方法進一步包括接收一訊框,該訊框包括指示該RU集合中用於與該無線設備通訊的該第一RU子集的分配的資訊,其中該第一RU子集是基於該分配來決定的。 The method of claim 1, wherein the wireless device is a STA, the method further comprising receiving a frame, the frame comprising an indication of the allocation of the first subset of RUs in the set of RUs for communicating with the wireless device Information, wherein the first RU subset is determined based on the allocation. 如請求項1之方法,其中該RU集合中的RU具有的大小為26、242、或484個頻調中的至少一者。 The method of claim 1, wherein the RU in the set of RUs has a size of at least one of 26, 242, or 484 tones. 如請求項1之方法,其中對於該RU集合中包括26個頻調的每個RU,該26個頻調包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein for each RU comprising 26 tones in the set of RUs, the 26 tones comprise 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. 如請求項1之方法,其中對於該RU集合中包括242個頻調的每個RU,該242個頻調包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein for each RU comprising 242 tones in the set of RUs, the 242 tones comprise 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. 如請求項1之方法,其中對於該RU集合中包括484個頻調的每個RU,該484個頻調包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein for each RU comprising 484 tones in the set of RUs, the 484 tones comprise 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones. 如請求項1之方法,其中該頻寬為20MHz、40MHz、或80MHz。 The method of claim 1, wherein the bandwidth is 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz. 如請求項1之方法,其中該頻寬為20MHz,其中該RU集合包括9個RU,其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調,並且其中該通道包括數個直流(DC)頻調,其中該RU集合中的一個RU包括一第一部分和一第二部分,並且其中該第一部分在頻率上高於該數個DC頻調,而該第二部分在頻率上低於該數個DC頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein the bandwidth is 20 MHz, wherein the RU set comprises 9 RUs, wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones, and wherein the channel comprises a plurality of direct current (DC) tones An RU in the set of RUs includes a first portion and a second portion, and wherein the first portion is higher in frequency than the plurality of DC tones, and the second portion is lower in frequency than the plurality of DCs Tune. 如請求項1之方法,其中該頻寬為40MHz,其中該RU集合包括16、17、18或19個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein the bandwidth is 40 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 16, 17, 18, or 19 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones. 如請求項13之方法,其中該RU集合包括18個RU。 The method of claim 13, wherein the set of RUs comprises 18 RUs. 如請求項13之方法,其中該通道包括5個或更多個直流(DC)頻調。 The method of claim 13, wherein the channel comprises 5 or more direct current (DC) tones. 如請求項1之方法,其中該頻寬為40MHz,其中該RU集合包括2個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein the bandwidth is 40 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 2 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 242 tones. 如請求項16之方法,其中該通道包括5個或更多個直流(DC)頻調。 The method of claim 16, wherein the channel comprises 5 or more direct current (DC) tones. 如請求項1之方法,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括32個或更多個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 32 or more RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones. 如請求項18之方法,其中該RU集合包括37個RU。 The method of claim 18, wherein the set of RUs comprises 37 RUs. 如請求項1之方法,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括4個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 4 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 242 tones. 如請求項1之方法,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括2個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括484個頻調。 The method of claim 1, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 2 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 484 tones. 一種用於無線通訊的裝置,該裝置為一站(STA)或一存取點(AP),該裝置包括:一記憶體;及至少一個處理器,其耦合至該記憶體並被配置以進行下列步驟:決定一傳輸時段中跨一通道之一頻寬延伸的一資源元素(RU)集合的一第一RU子集,該頻寬包括複數個頻調,該複數個頻調包括數個直流(DC)頻調、一第一保護頻調集合及一第二保護頻調集合,該數個直流頻調位於該頻寬的一中心部分,該第一保護頻調集合位於該頻寬的一上外緣部分,該 第二保護頻調集合位於該頻寬的一下外緣部分,該第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,在該RU集合中除了該第一RU子集之外的其餘RU為標準塊,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調;及在該第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊,其中該第一RU子集包括x個頻調,且該x個頻調包含一第一組之x/2個頻調及一第二組之x/2個頻調,該第一組之x/2個頻調具有的頻率大於該等DC頻調且小於該第一保護頻調集合,該第二組之x/2個頻調具有的頻率小於該等DC頻調且大於該第二保護頻調集合,其中:該第一RU子集是一中心塊,該第一組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該等DC頻調且該第二組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該等DC頻調,或者該第一RU子集是一邊緣塊,該第一組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該第一保護頻調集合且該第二組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該第二保護頻調集合。 A device for wireless communication, the device being a station (STA) or an access point (AP), the device comprising: a memory; and at least one processor coupled to the memory and configured to perform The following steps: determining a first RU subset of a resource element (RU) set extending across a bandwidth of a channel during a transmission period, the bandwidth including a plurality of tones, the plurality of tones including a plurality of DCs a (DC) tone, a first set of guard tones, and a second set of guard tones, the plurality of DC tones being located in a central portion of the bandwidth, the first set of guard tones being located in the first of the bandwidths Upper outer edge part, the The second guard tone set is located at a lower outer edge portion of the bandwidth, the first RU subset includes less than the RU of the RU set, and the remaining RUs in the RU set except the first RU subset are standard Block, each RU of the set of RUs comprising at least 26 tones; and communication of at least one of data or control information in the first subset of RUs, wherein the first subset of RUs comprises x tones And the x tones include a first group of x/2 tones and a second group of x/2 tones, and the first group of x/2 tones have a frequency greater than the DC frequencies. Adjusting and smaller than the first set of protection tones, the x/2 tones of the second group have a frequency less than the DC tones and greater than the second set of protection tones, wherein: the first subset of RUs is a central block, the x/2 tones of the first group are adjacent to the DC tones in frequency and the x/2 tones of the second group are adjacent to the DC tones in frequency, or The first RU subset is an edge block, the x/2 tones of the first group are adjacent to the first set of guard tones in frequency and the x/2 tones of the second group are adjacent in frequency to The second protection Tune collection. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該裝置為一AP,並且其中該至少一個處理器被進一步配置以進行下列步驟:將該傳輸時段中之該複數個頻調除該等保護頻調和該等DC頻調之外的頻調分配給該RU集合;及分配該RU集合的複數個子集以用於與複數個STA通訊, 其中該第一RU子集用於與一第一STA的通訊並且是基於該複數個子集的分配來決定的,並且其中在該第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的該至少一者的該通訊是與該第一STA進行的。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein the apparatus is an AP, and wherein the at least one processor is further configured to perform the step of dividing the plurality of tones of the transmission period by the protection tones and the DC frequencies a tone other than the tone is allocated to the set of RUs; and a plurality of subsets of the set of RUs are allocated for communicating with a plurality of STAs, The first RU subset is used for communication with a first STA and is determined based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets, and wherein the at least one of data or control information is performed in the first RU subset The communication is made with the first STA. 如請求項23之裝置,其中該至少一個處理器被進一步配置成向該複數個STA傳送一訊框,其中該訊框包括指示該複數個子集的分配的資訊。 The apparatus of claim 23, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to transmit a frame to the plurality of STAs, wherein the frame includes information indicative of the allocation of the plurality of subsets. 如請求項23之裝置,其中該至少一個處理器被進一步配置成:基於該複數個子集的分配來決定該RU集合中用於與該複數個STA中的一第二STA通訊的一第二RU子集,該第二RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU;及在該第二RU子集中與該第二STA進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊。 The apparatus of claim 23, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to: determine a second in the set of RUs for communicating with a second STA of the plurality of STAs based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets a RU subset, the second RU subset including less than the RU of the RU set; and communication with at least one of data or control information in the second RU subset and the second STA. 如請求項25之裝置,其中與該第一STA進行的通訊和與該第二STA進行的通訊是併發的。 The device of claim 25, wherein the communication with the first STA and the communication with the second STA are concurrent. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該裝置是一STA,其中該至少一個處理器被進一步配置成接收一訊框,該訊框包括指示該RU集合中用於與該裝置通訊的該第一RU子集的分配的資訊,並且其中該第一RU子集是基於該分配來決定的。 The device of claim 22, wherein the device is a STA, wherein the at least one processor is further configured to receive a frame, the frame comprising the first RU in the set of RUs for communicating with the device The information of the set allocation, and wherein the first subset of RUs is determined based on the allocation. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該RU集合中的RU具有的大小為26、242、或484個頻調中的至少一者。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein the RUs in the set of RUs have a size of at least one of 26, 242, or 484 tones. 如請求項22之裝置,其中對於該RU集合中包括26個頻調的每個RU,該26個頻調包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein for each RU comprising 26 tones in the set of RUs, the 26 tones comprise 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. 如請求項22之裝置,其中對於該RU集合中包括242個頻調的每個RU,該242個頻調包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein for each RU comprising 242 tones in the set of RUs, the 242 tones comprise 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. 如請求項22之裝置,其中對於該RU集合中包括484個頻調的每個RU,該484個頻調包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein for each RU comprising 484 tones in the set of RUs, the 484 tones comprise 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該頻寬為20MHz、40MHz、或80MHz。 The device of claim 22, wherein the bandwidth is 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該頻寬為20MHz,其中該RU集合包括9個RU,其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調,並且其中該通道包括數個直流(DC)頻調,其中該RU集合中的一個RU包括一第一部分和一第二部分,並且其中該第一部分在頻率上高於該數個DC頻調,而該第二部分在頻率上低於 該數個DC頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein the bandwidth is 20 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 9 RUs, wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones, and wherein the channel comprises a plurality of direct current (DC) tones Wherein an RU in the set of RUs includes a first portion and a second portion, and wherein the first portion is higher in frequency than the plurality of DC tones and the second portion is lower in frequency The number of DC tones. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該頻寬為40MHz,其中該RU集合包括16、17、18或19個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein the bandwidth is 40 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 16, 17, 18, or 19 RUs, and wherein each of the RUs of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones. 如請求項34之裝置,其中該RU集合包括18個RU。 The device of claim 34, wherein the set of RUs comprises 18 RUs. 如請求項34之裝置,其中該通道包括5個或更多個直流(DC)頻調。 The device of claim 34, wherein the channel comprises 5 or more direct current (DC) tones. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該頻寬為40MHz,其中該RU集合包括2個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein the bandwidth is 40 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 2 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 242 tones. 如請求項37之裝置,其中該通道包括5個或更多個直流(DC)頻調。 The device of claim 37, wherein the channel comprises 5 or more direct current (DC) tones. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括32個或更多個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 32 or more RUs, and wherein each of the RUs of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones. 如請求項39之裝置,其中該RU集合包括37個RU。 The device of claim 39, wherein the set of RUs comprises 37 RUs. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括4個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 4 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 242 tones. 如請求項22之裝置,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括2個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括484個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 22, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 2 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 484 tones. 一種用於無線通訊的裝置,該裝置為一站(STA)或一存取點(AP),該裝置包括:用於決定一傳輸時段中跨一通道之一頻寬延伸的一資源元素(RU)集合的一第一RU子集的裝置,該頻寬包括複數個頻調,該複數個頻調包括數個直流(DC)頻調、一第一保護頻調集合及一第二保護頻調集合,該數個直流頻調位於該頻寬的一中心部分,該第一保護頻調集合位於該頻寬的一上外緣部分,該第二保護頻調集合位於該頻寬的一下外緣部分,該第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,在該RU集合中除了該第一RU子集之外的其餘RU為標準塊,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調;及用於在該第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊的裝置,其中該第一RU子集包括x個頻調,且該x個頻調包含一第一組之x/2個頻調及一第二組之x/2個頻調,該第一組之x/2個頻調具有的頻率大於該等DC頻調且小於該第一保護頻調集 合,該第二組之x/2個頻調具有的頻率小於該等DC頻調且大於該第二保護頻調集合,其中:該第一RU子集是一中心塊,該第一組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該等DC頻調且該第二組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該等DC頻調,或者該第一RU子集是一邊緣塊,該第一組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該第一保護頻調集合且該第二組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該第二保護頻調集合。 A device for wireless communication, the device being a station (STA) or an access point (AP), the device comprising: a resource element (RU for determining a bandwidth extension across a channel in a transmission period) a device for assembling a first subset of RUs, the bandwidth comprising a plurality of tones, the plurality of tones comprising a plurality of direct current (DC) tones, a first set of protection tones, and a second tonal tone Collecting, the plurality of dc tones are located at a central portion of the bandwidth, the first set of guard tones is located at an upper outer edge portion of the bandwidth, and the second set of guard tones is located at a lower outer edge of the bandwidth In part, the first RU subset includes less than the RU of the RU set, and the remaining RUs in the RU set except the first RU subset are standard blocks, and each RU of the RU set includes at least 26 frequencies. And means for performing communication of at least one of data or control information in the first RU subset, wherein the first RU subset includes x tones, and the x tones include a first a set of x/2 tones and a second set of x/2 tones, the first group of x/2 tones having a frequency greater than the DCs Modulation frequency and less than the first protective mobilization The x/2 tones of the second group have a frequency less than the DC tone and greater than the second protection tone set, wherein: the first RU subset is a center block, and the first group The x/2 tones are adjacent to the DC tones in frequency and the x/2 tones of the second group are adjacent to the DC tones in frequency, or the first RU subset is an edge block The first set of x/2 tones are adjacent in frequency to the first set of guard tones and the second set of x/2 tones are adjacent in frequency to the second set of guard tones. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該裝置是一AP,該裝置進一步包括:用於將該傳輸時段中之該複數個頻調除該等保護頻調和該等DC頻調之外的頻調分配給該RU集合的裝置;及用於分配該RU集合的複數個子集以用於與複數個STA通訊的裝置,其中該第一RU子集用於與一第一STA的通訊並且是基於該複數個子集的分配來決定的,並且其中在該第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的該至少一者的該通訊是與該第一STA進行的。 The device of claim 43, wherein the device is an AP, the device further comprising: assigning, to the plurality of tones in the transmission period, a tone other than the protection tones and the DC tones Means for the set of RUs; and means for allocating a plurality of subsets of the set of RUs for communicating with a plurality of STAs, wherein the first subset of RUs is for communicating with a first STA and is based on the plurality The distribution of the subset is determined, and wherein the communication of the at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset is performed with the first STA. 如請求項44之裝置,進一步包括用於向該複數個STA傳送一訊框的裝置,其中該訊框包括指示該複數個子集的分配的資訊。 The apparatus of claim 44, further comprising means for transmitting a frame to the plurality of STAs, wherein the frame includes information indicative of the allocation of the plurality of subsets. 如請求項44之裝置,亦包括:用於基於該複數個子集的分配來決定該RU集合中用於與該複數個STA中的一第二STA通訊的一第二RU子集的裝置,該第二RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU;及用於在該第二RU子集中與該第二STA進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊的裝置。 The apparatus of claim 44, further comprising: means for determining a second subset of RUs in the set of RUs for communicating with a second one of the plurality of STAs based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets, The second RU subset includes less than the RU of the set of RUs; and means for communicating with at least one of the data or control information in the second RU subset and the second STA. 如請求項46之裝置,其中與該第一STA進行的通訊和與該第二STA進行的通訊是併發的。 The device of claim 46, wherein the communication with the first STA and the communication with the second STA are concurrent. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該裝置是一STA,該裝置進一步包括用於接收一訊框的裝置,該訊框包括指示該RU集合中用於與該裝置通訊的該第一RU子集的分配的資訊,其中該第一RU子集是基於該分配來決定的。 The device of claim 43, wherein the device is a STA, the device further comprising means for receiving a frame, the frame comprising a first subset of the RU in the set of RUs for communicating with the device The assigned information, wherein the first subset of RUs is determined based on the allocation. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該RU集合中的RU具有的大小為26、242、或484個頻調中的至少一者。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the RUs in the set of RUs have a size of at least one of 26, 242, or 484 tones. 如請求項43之裝置,其中對於該RU集合中包括26個頻調的每個RU,該26個頻調包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein for each RU comprising 26 tones in the set of RUs, the 26 tones comprise 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. 如請求項43之裝置,其中對於該RU集合中包括242個頻調的每個RU,該242個頻調包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein for each RU comprising 242 tones in the set of RUs, the 242 tones comprise 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. 如請求項43之裝置,其中對於該RU集合中包括484個頻調的每個RU,該484個頻調包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein for each RU comprising 484 tones in the set of RUs, the 484 tones comprise 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該頻寬為20MHz、40MHz、或80MHz。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the bandwidth is 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該頻寬為20MHz,其中該RU集合包括9個RU,其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調,並且其中該通道包括數個直流(DC)頻調,其中該RU集合中的一個RU包括一第一部分和一第二部分,並且其中該第一部分在頻率上高於該數個DC頻調,而該第二部分在頻率上低於該數個DC頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the bandwidth is 20 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 9 RUs, wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones, and wherein the channel comprises a plurality of direct current (DC) tones An RU in the set of RUs includes a first portion and a second portion, and wherein the first portion is higher in frequency than the plurality of DC tones, and the second portion is lower in frequency than the plurality of DCs Tune. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該頻寬為40MHz,其中該RU集合包括16、17、18或19個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the bandwidth is 40 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 16, 17, 18, or 19 RUs, and wherein each of the RUs of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones. 如請求項55之裝置,其中該RU集合包括18個RU。 The device of claim 55, wherein the set of RUs comprises 18 RUs. 如請求項55之裝置,其中該通道包括5個或更多個直流(DC)頻調。 The device of claim 55, wherein the channel comprises 5 or more direct current (DC) tones. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該頻寬為40MHz,其中該RU集合包括2個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the bandwidth is 40 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 2 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 242 tones. 如請求項58之裝置,其中該通道包括5個或更多個直流(DC)頻調。 The device of claim 58, wherein the channel comprises 5 or more direct current (DC) tones. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括32個或更多個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 32 or more RUs, and wherein each of the RUs of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones. 如請求項60之裝置,其中該RU集合包括37個RU。 The device of claim 60, wherein the set of RUs comprises 37 RUs. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括4個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 4 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 242 tones. 如請求項43之裝置,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括2個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括484個頻調。 The apparatus of claim 43, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 2 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 484 tones. 一種儲存用於在一無線設備處進行無線通訊的電腦可執行代碼的非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,該無線設備為一站(STA) 或一存取點(AP),該電腦可讀取媒體包括用於以下操作的代碼:決定一傳輸時段中跨一通道之一頻寬延伸的一資源元素(RU)集合的一第一RU子集,該頻寬包括複數個頻調,該複數個頻調包括數個直流(DC)頻調、一第一保護頻調集合及一第二保護頻調集合,該數個直流頻調位於該頻寬的一中心部分,該第一保護頻調集合位於該頻寬的一上外緣部分,該第二保護頻調集合位於該頻寬的一下外緣部分,該第一RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU,在該RU集合中除了該第一RU子集之外的其餘RU為標準塊,該RU集合之每一個RU包括至少26個頻調;及在該第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊,其中該第一RU子集包括x個頻調,且該x個頻調包含一第一組之x/2個頻調及一第二組之x/2個頻調,該第一組之x/2個頻調具有的頻率大於該等DC頻調且小於該第一保護頻調集合,該第二組之x/2個頻調具有的頻率小於該等DC頻調且大於該第二保護頻調集合,其中:該第一RU子集是一中心塊,該第一組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該等DC頻調且該第二組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該等DC頻調,或者該第一RU子集是一邊緣塊,該第一組之x/2個頻調在頻率上毗鄰於該第一保護頻調集合且該第二組之x/2個頻調在頻率 上毗鄰於該第二保護頻調集合。 A non-transitory computer readable medium storing computer executable code for wireless communication at a wireless device, the wireless device being a station (STA) Or an access point (AP), the computer readable medium comprising code for: determining a first RU of a resource element (RU) set extending across a bandwidth of a channel during a transmission period The set, the bandwidth includes a plurality of tones, the plurality of tones including a plurality of direct current (DC) tones, a first set of protection tones, and a second set of protection tones, wherein the plurality of tones are located a central portion of the bandwidth, the first set of guard tones is located at an upper outer edge portion of the bandwidth, and the second set of guard tones is located at a lower outer edge portion of the bandwidth, the first subset of RUs including less For the RUs of the RU set, the remaining RUs in the RU set except the first RU subset are standard blocks, each RU of the RU set includes at least 26 tones; and in the first RU subset Performing communication of at least one of data or control information, wherein the first RU subset includes x tones, and the x tones include a first group of x/2 tones and a second group X/2 tones, the x/2 tones of the first group have a frequency greater than the DC tones and less than the first set of protection tones, The second set of x/2 tones has a frequency less than the DC tone and greater than the second protection tone set, wherein: the first RU subset is a center block, and the first group of x/2 One frequency tone is adjacent to the DC tone in frequency and the x/2 tones of the second group are adjacent to the DC tone in frequency, or the first RU subset is an edge block, the first a set of x/2 tones are adjacent in frequency to the first set of guard tones and the second set of x/2 tones are at a frequency Adjacent to the second set of protection tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該無線設備是一AP,該電腦可讀取媒體進一步包括用於以下操作的代碼:將該傳輸時段中之該複數個頻調除該等保護頻調和該等DC頻調之外的頻調分配給該RU集合;及分配該RU集合的複數個子集以用於與複數個STA通訊,其中該第一RU子集用於與一第一STA的通訊並且是基於該複數個子集的分配來決定的,並且其中在該第一RU子集中進行資料或控制資訊中的該至少一者的該通訊是與該第一STA進行的。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the wireless device is an AP, the computer readable medium further comprising code for: dividing the plurality of tones in the transmission period And a tone adjustment and a tone other than the DC tone are allocated to the set of RUs; and a plurality of subsets of the set of RUs are allocated for communicating with a plurality of STAs, wherein the first subset of RUs is used for The communication of the first STA is determined based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets, and wherein the communication of the at least one of the data or control information in the first RU subset is performed with the first STA . 如請求項65之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,進一步包括用於向該複數個STA傳送一訊框的代碼,其中該訊框包括指示該複數個子集的分配的資訊。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 65, further comprising code for transmitting a frame to the plurality of STAs, wherein the frame includes information indicative of the allocation of the plurality of subsets. 如請求項65之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,進一步包括用於以下操作的代碼:基於該複數個子集的分配來決定該RU集合中用於與該複數個STA中的一第二STA通訊的一第二RU子集,該第二RU子集包括少於該RU集合的RU;及在該第二RU子集中與該第二STA進行資料或控制資訊中的至少一者的通訊。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 65, further comprising code for determining, based on the allocation of the plurality of subsets, a second STA for use in the RU set with the plurality of STAs a second RU subset of communications, the second RU subset comprising less than the RU of the set of RUs; and communication of at least one of data or control information with the second STA in the second RU subset. 如請求項67之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中與該第一STA進行的通訊和與該第二STA進行的通訊是併發的。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 67, wherein the communication with the first STA and the communication with the second STA are concurrent. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該無線設備是一STA,該非暫態電腦可讀取媒體進一步包括用於接收一訊框的代碼,該訊框包括指示該RU集合中用於與該無線設備通訊的該第一RU子集的分配的資訊,其中該第一RU子集是基於該分配來決定的。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the wireless device is a STA, the non-transitory computer readable medium further comprising code for receiving a frame, the frame comprising the indication of the set of RUs Information for allocation of the first subset of RUs in communication with the wireless device, wherein the first subset of RUs is determined based on the assignment. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該RU集合中的RU具有的大小為26、242、或484個頻調中的至少一者。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the RUs in the set of RUs have a size of at least one of 26, 242, or 484 tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中對於該RU集合中包括26個頻調的每個RU,該26個頻調包括24個資料頻調和2個引導頻頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein for each RU comprising 26 tones in the set of RUs, the 26 tones include 24 data tones and 2 pilot tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中對於該RU集合中包括242個頻調的每個RU,該242個頻調包括234個資料頻調和8個引導頻頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein for each RU comprising 242 tones in the set of RUs, the 242 tones include 234 data tones and 8 pilot tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中對於該RU集合中包括484個頻調的每個RU,該484個頻調包括468個資料頻調和16個引導頻頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein for each RU comprising 484 tones in the set of RUs, the 484 tones include 468 data tones and 16 pilot tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該頻寬為20MHz、40MHz、或80MHz。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the bandwidth is 20 MHz, 40 MHz, or 80 MHz. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該頻寬為20MHz,其中該RU集合包括9個RU,其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調,並且其中該通道包括數個直流(DC)頻調,其中該RU集合中的一個RU包括一第一部分和一第二部分,並且其中該第一部分在頻率上高於該數個DC頻調,而該第二部分在頻率上低於該數個DC頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the bandwidth is 20 MHz, wherein the RU set comprises 9 RUs, wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones, and wherein the channel includes a number a direct current (DC) tone, wherein one RU of the set of RUs includes a first portion and a second portion, and wherein the first portion is higher in frequency than the plurality of DC tones, and the second portion is in frequency It is lower than the number of DC tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該頻寬為40MHz,其中該RU集合包括16、17、18或19個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the bandwidth is 40 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 16, 17, 18, or 19 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs includes 26 tones . 如請求項76之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該RU集合包括18個RU。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 76, wherein the set of RUs comprises 18 RUs. 如請求項76之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該通道包括5個或更多個直流(DC)頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 76, wherein the channel includes 5 or more direct current (DC) tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該頻寬為40MHz,其中該RU集合包括2個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the bandwidth is 40 MHz, wherein the RU set includes 2 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs includes 242 tones. 如請求項79之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該通道包括5個或更多個直流(DC)頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 79, wherein the channel comprises 5 or more direct current (DC) tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括32個或更多個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括26個頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 32 or more RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 26 tones. 如請求項81之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該RU集合包括37個RU。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 81, wherein the set of RUs comprises 37 RUs. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括4個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括242個頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 4 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 242 tones. 如請求項64之非暫態電腦可讀取媒體,其中該頻寬為80MHz,其中該RU集合包括2個RU,並且其中該RU集合之每一個RU包括484個頻調。 The non-transitory computer readable medium of claim 64, wherein the bandwidth is 80 MHz, wherein the set of RUs comprises 2 RUs, and wherein each RU of the set of RUs comprises 484 tones.
TW104130324A 2014-09-16 2015-09-14 Efficient resource allocation TWI645730B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462051207P 2014-09-16 2014-09-16
US62/051,207 2014-09-16
US201462053642P 2014-09-22 2014-09-22
US62/053,642 2014-09-22
US201462054779P 2014-09-24 2014-09-24
US62/054,779 2014-09-24
US201462058002P 2014-09-30 2014-09-30
US62/058,002 2014-09-30
US201462059820P 2014-10-03 2014-10-03
US62/059,820 2014-10-03
US201462063324P 2014-10-13 2014-10-13
US62/063,324 2014-10-13
US201462068196P 2014-10-24 2014-10-24
US62/068,196 2014-10-24
US201462069785P 2014-10-28 2014-10-28
US62/069,785 2014-10-28
US14/845,230 2015-09-03
US14/845,230 US9854580B2 (en) 2014-09-04 2015-09-03 Efficient resource allocation

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201626837A TW201626837A (en) 2016-07-16
TWI645730B true TWI645730B (en) 2018-12-21

Family

ID=56985220

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW104130324A TWI645730B (en) 2014-09-16 2015-09-14 Efficient resource allocation

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI645730B (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060120473A1 (en) * 2001-06-21 2006-06-08 Baum Kevin L Method and system for interference averaging in a wireless communication system
US20070253321A1 (en) * 2006-04-27 2007-11-01 Koji Akita Method of transmitting ofdm signal and transmitter and receiver thereof
CN101146317A (en) * 2006-09-15 2008-03-19 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Resource allocation and control signaling transmission method
WO2011136207A1 (en) * 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 株式会社 エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Base station, mobile station, control signal transmission method, and control signal reception method
US20130266083A1 (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and methods for wireless communication in sub gigahertz bands
US20130315163A1 (en) * 2012-05-24 2013-11-28 Marvell World Trade Ltd. Frequency domain duplication in a long-range wireless local area network
CN103999392A (en) * 2011-11-02 2014-08-20 马维尔国际贸易有限公司 Method and Apparatus for Automatically Detecting a Physical Layer (PHY) Mode of a Data Unit in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN)

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060120473A1 (en) * 2001-06-21 2006-06-08 Baum Kevin L Method and system for interference averaging in a wireless communication system
US20070253321A1 (en) * 2006-04-27 2007-11-01 Koji Akita Method of transmitting ofdm signal and transmitter and receiver thereof
CN101146317A (en) * 2006-09-15 2008-03-19 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Resource allocation and control signaling transmission method
WO2011136207A1 (en) * 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 株式会社 エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Base station, mobile station, control signal transmission method, and control signal reception method
CN103999392A (en) * 2011-11-02 2014-08-20 马维尔国际贸易有限公司 Method and Apparatus for Automatically Detecting a Physical Layer (PHY) Mode of a Data Unit in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN)
US20130266083A1 (en) * 2012-04-09 2013-10-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and methods for wireless communication in sub gigahertz bands
US20130315163A1 (en) * 2012-05-24 2013-11-28 Marvell World Trade Ltd. Frequency domain duplication in a long-range wireless local area network

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201626837A (en) 2016-07-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101904900B1 (en) Efficient resource allocation for wireless communication
KR102471996B1 (en) Channel aware resource allocation
US10863515B2 (en) Pilot sequences in data streams
US9814036B2 (en) Logical tone index mapping for distributed tone index transmission
TW201642681A (en) Methods and apparatus for multiple user uplink response rules
CN110999148A (en) Method and apparatus for providing live feedback
JP6227790B2 (en) System and method for improved communication over a wireless network
KR102007521B1 (en) Per stream and per antenna cyclic shift delay in uplink multi-user mimo
US10069518B2 (en) Uneven bit distributions for encoder parsing
TWI645730B (en) Efficient resource allocation
US20160066320A1 (en) Dedicated single stream pilots for uplink multi-user mimo
US20180242344A1 (en) Spatial-time fair scheduling for SU and MU transmission based on physical layer capabilities

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees